GATE Previous Year Solved Papers ECE PDF

GATE Previous Year
Solved Paper
Electronics & Communication
(Fully Solved)
GATExplore.com
(2013, 2015, 2016, 2017)

Free Download
|EC-GATE-2013 PAPER| www.gateforum.com
Q. No. 1 – 25 Carry One Mark Each
1. A bulb in a staircase has two switches, one switch being at the ground floor
and the other one at the first floor. The bulb can be turned ON and also can
be turned OFF by any one of the switches irrespective of the state of the
other switch. The logic of switching of the bulb resembles
(A) an AND gate (B) an OR gate (C) an XOR gate (D) a NAND gate
Answer: (C)
Exp: (C)
Let Switches = p1 , p 2
p1 , p2 Z(o / p)
OFF OFF OFF
OFF ON ON
ON OFF ON
ON ON OFF
From Truth Table, it can be verified that Ex-OR logic is implemented.

2. Consider a vector field A ( r ) . The closed loop line integral ∫ A • d l can be
expressed as

∫∫
(A) ∇ ×(A )
• ds over the closed surface bounded by the loop

(B) ∫∫∫ (∇ • A ) dv
over the closed volume bounded by the loop

(C) ∫∫∫ ( ∇ • A ) dv over the open volume bounded by the loop

(D) ∫∫ ( ∇ × A ) • ds over the closed surface bounded by the loop
Answer: (D)
Exp: (D)
Stoke’s Theorem: “ The Line Integral of a vector A around a closed path L is
equal to the integral of curl of A over the open surface S enclosed by the closed
path L”.
∴∫ A.dl = ∫∫ ( ∇ × A ).ds
3. Two systems with impulse responses h1 ( t ) and h2 ( t ) are connected in cascade.

Then the overall impulse response of the cascaded system is given by
(A) Product of h1 ( t ) and h2 ( t )
(B) Sum of h1 ( t ) and h2 ( t )
(C) Convolution of h1 ( t ) and h2 ( t )
(D) Subtraction of h2 ( t ) from h1 ( t )
GATEFORUM- India’s No.1 institute for GATE training

1
Answer: (C)
Exp: x(t) h1 (t) h2 (t) y(t)
x(t) h(t)
1 *h(t)
2 y(t)
4. In a forward biased pn junction diode, the sequence of events that best describes
the mechanism of current flow is
(A) injection, and subsequent diffusion and recombination of minority carriers
(B) injection, and subsequent drift and generation of minority carriers
(C) extraction, and subsequent diffusion and generation of minority carriers
(D) extraction, and subsequent drift and recombination of minority carriers
Answer: (A)
5. In IC technology, dry oxidation (using dry oxygen) as compared to wet oxidation

(using steam or water vapor) produces
(A) superior quality oxide with a higher growth rate
(B) inferior quality oxide with a higher growth rate
(C) inferior quality oxide with a lower growth rate
(D) superior quality oxide with a lower growth rate
Answer: (D)
6. The maximum value of θ until which the approximation sin θ ≈ θ holds to within 10%
error is
(A) 10o (B) 18o (C) 50o (D) 90o
Answer: (B)
θ3 θ5
Exp: sin θ = θ − + + .......
3! 5!
sin θ = θ + error
Error should 10% of θ
θ3
if ≤ 0.1 θ
6
θ3
if ≤ 0.1 θ Then higher order terms also going to be less than 0.1 θ
6
So, sinθ ≈ θ approximation is valid
θ3
< 0.1 θ
6
θ2 < 0.6
θ < 0.6
Consider θmax = 0.6 = 0.7746 radians

180
θ(in degrees) = 0.7746 × 45°
π
Out of all possible options we need to go for max theta below 45° Hence it is
18°

2

7. The divergence of the vector field A = xa
ˆx + ya
ˆy + za
ˆz is
(A) 0 (B) 1/3 (C) 1 (D) 3
Answer: (D)
Exp: Given A = xax + yay + zaz
∂ ∂ ∂
∇.A =
∂x x
( )
( A ) + ∂y Ay + ∂z ( Az )
Ax = x, Ay = y, Az = z,
∂ ∂ ∂
=
∂x
( x) +
∂y
( y) +
∂z
( z)
= 1+1+1 = 3
8. The impulse response of a system is h ( t ) = t u ( t ) . For an input u ( t − 1) , the output

is
t ( t − 1) ( t − 1)
2
t2 t2 − 1
(A) u (t) (B) u ( t − 1) (C) u ( t − 1) (D) u ( t − 1)
2 2 2 2
Answer: (C)
Exp:
U(t) t u (t) t2
u(t)
2
LTI system
For LTI system, if input gets delayed by one unit, output will also get delayed by
one unit.
(t − 1)2
u(t − 1) → u(t − 1)
2
9. The Bode plot of a transfer function G (s) is shown in the figure below
40
Gain (dB)
32
20
0
1 10 100
−8 ω (rad / s )
(
The gain 20 log G ( s ) ) is 32 dB and –8 dB at 1 rad/s and 10 rad/s respectively.
The phase is negative for all ω. The G(s) is
39.8 39.8 32 32
(A) (B) (C) (D)
s s2 s s2

3
Answer: (B)
Exp: Any two paints on same line segment of Bode plot satisfies the equation of
straight line.
20 log G ( jω)
40
32
20
1 10
−8 w (rad)
w
G2 − G1
i.e, = slope of the line segment.
log ω2 − log ω1
For the initial straight line
G2 − G1
⇒ = − 40 dB
log ω2 − log ω1 dec
ω
⇒ 0 − 32 = − 40 log  
1
1
⇒ ω = 6.309 = k N ;Where N is type of system here initial slope is
− 40 dB Hence N = 2
dec
1
⇒ 6.309 = k 2
2
⇒ k = ( 6.309 )
k = 39.8
39.8
Hence G (s) =
s2
10. In the circuit shown below what is the output voltage ( Vout ) if a silicon transistor
Q and an ideal op-amp are used?
+15 V Q
1 kΩ
−
+ + Vout
5V −
−15 V
(A) –15V (B) –0.7V (C) +0.7V (D) +15V

4
Answer: (B)
Exp:
Q
+
+15 V 0.7v
−
1 kΩ
−
+ Vout
5V
+
− −15 V
Vout = −0.7 v
11. Consider a delta connection of resistors and its equivalent star connection as
shown below. If all elements of the delta connection are scaled by a factor k, k> 0,
the elements of the corresponding star equivalent will be scaled by a factor of
Ra RC RB
Rb Rc
RA
(A) k 2 (B) k (C) 1/k (D) k

Answer: (B)
R a Rb
Exp: RC = Ra RC RB
R a + Rb + R c
Ra Rc
RB = Rb Rc RA
R a + Rb + R c
RbR c
RA =
R a + Rb + R c
Above expression shown that if R a , Rb & R c is scaled by k, RA, RB & RC is scaled

by k only.
12. For 8085 microprocessor, the following program is executed

MVI A, 05H;
MVIB, 05H;
PTR: ADD B;
DCR B;
JNZ PTR;
ADI 03H;
HLT;
At the end of program, accumulator contains
(A) 17 H (B) 20 H (C) 23 H (D) 05 H

5
Answer: (A)
Exp: Accumulator changes as follows (05 + 05 + 04 +03 +02 +01)H
At the end of Loop accumulator contains = 14H
ADI O3H →A=(14+03)=17H
13. The bit rate of a digital communication system is R kbits/s. The modulation used is
32-QAM. The minimum bandwidth required for ISI free transmission is
(A) R/10 Hz (B) R/10 kHz (C) R/5 Hz (D) R/5 kHz
Answer: (B)
Exp: Bit rate given = R Kbits/second
Modulation = 32-QAM
No. of bits/symbol = 5 [log2 32]
R
Symbol rate = k symbols / sec ond
5
Finally we are transmitting symbols.
B T → transmission bandwidth
R(symbol rate)
BT =
(1 + α )
R
BT =
5 (1 + α )
For B T to be minimum, α has to be maximum
R R
⇒ BT = =
5x2 10
Maximum value of α is '1 ' which is a roll off factor
14. For a periodic signal v ( t ) = 30 sin100t + 10 cos 300t + 6 sin (500t + π / 4 ) , the
fundamental frequency in rad/s
(A) 100 (B) 300 (C) 500 (D) 1500
Answer: (A)
Exp: ωo = 100 rad / sec fundamental
3ωo = 300 rad / sec third harmonic
5ωo = 500 rad / sec fifth harmonic
15. In a voltage-voltage feedback as shown below, which one of the following

statements is TRUE if the gain k is increased?
+ v1 + +
v A0 v out
− in − −
+ +
v f = kv out k
− −

6
(A) The input impedance increases and output impedance decreases

(B) The input impedance increases and output impedance also increases
(C) The input impedance decreases and output impedance also decreases
(D) The input impedance decreases and output impedance increases
Answer: (A)
Exp: In voltage-voltage feedback
A0
R in R AMP R out
R AMPo
R in = R AMP (1 + A 0K)
R AMPo
R out =
1 + A 0K
as K ↑
R in ↑, R out ↓
16. A band-limited signal with a maximum frequency of 5 kHz is to be sampled.

According to the sampling theorem, the sampling frequency which is not valid is
(A) 5 kHz (B) 12 kHz (C) 15 kHz (D) 20 kHz
Answer: (A)
Exp: Given: fm = 5kHz
According to sampling frequency
fs ≥ 2fm
fs ≥ 10 kHz
So, only in option (a) it is less than 10KHz ie., (5KHz)
17. In a MOSFET operating in the saturation region, the channel length modulation
effect causes
(A) an increase in the gate-source capacitance
(B) a decrease in the Transconductance
(C) a decrease in the unity-gain cutoff frequency
(D) a decrease in the output resistance
Answer: (D)
Exp: No channel length modulation
1
IDS = × k(VGS − VT )2
2
∂IDS 1 1
= => = 0 => rds = ∞
∂VDS rds rds

7
under the presence of channel length modulation

∂IDS 1
= λ IDsat =
∂VDS r0
1
r0 = ∴ which is reduced from ∞ to finite value
λ IDsat
18. Which one of the following statements is NOT TRUE for a continuous time causal
and stable LTI system?
(A) All the poles of the system must lie on the left side of the jω axis
(B) Zeros of the system can lie anywhere in the s-plane

(C) All the poles must lie within s = 1
(D) All the roots of the characteristic equation must be located on the left side of
the jω axis
Answer: (C)
Exp: For an LTI system to be stable and causal all poles or roots of characteristic
equation must lie on LHS of s-plane i.e., left hand side of jω − axis
[Refer Laplace transform].
19. The minimum Eigen value of the following matrix is

3 5 2 
 
5 12 7 
2 7 5 
(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) 2 (D) 3

Answer: (A)
3 5 2  5 5 2
  C1+L3  
5 12 7  → 12 12 7 ⇒ det er minant = 0,
Exp: 2 7 5  7 7 5
So the matrix is singular

Therefore atleast one of the Eigen value is ‘0’
As the choices are non negative, the minimum Eigen value is ‘0’
20. A polynomial f ( x ) = a4 x 4 + a3 x3 + a2 x2 + a1x − a0 with all coefficients positive has
(A) no real roots

(B) no negative real root
(C) odd number of real roots
(D) at least one positive and one negative real root
Answer: (D) Use Routh Hurwitz Criteria to get the condition.

8
21. Assuming zero initial condition, the response y(t) of the system given below to a
unit step input u(t) is
U (s) 1 Y (s)
s
t2
(A) u ( t ) (B) tu ( t ) (C) u (t) (D) e− t u ( t )
2
Answer: (B)
Exp: (B)
Integration of unit step function is ramp output
1
u(s) s
y(s)
Writing in time domain
u(t) u(t) y(t)
y(t) = u(t)*u(t) = tu(t)
V2 ( s )
22. The transfer function of the circuit shown below is
V1 ( s )
100 µF
+ +
10kΩ
V1 ( s ) V2 ( s )
100 µF
− −
0.5s + 1 3s + 6 s+2 s +1
(A) (B) (C) (D)
s +1 s+2 s +1 s+2
Answer: (D)
Exp: (D)
+ Z 1 (s) +
V1 (s) Z2(s) V2(s)
− −
1 s +1
z1(s) = −4
, z2(s) = −4
10 s 10 s
V2(s) Zq(s) s +1
= =
V(s)
1 Z1(s) + Zq(s) s + 2

9
23. A source vs ( t ) = V cos100πt has an internal impedance of ( 4 + j3) Ω . If a purely

resistive load connected to this source has to extract the maximum power out of the
source, its value in Ω should be
(A) 3 (B) 4 (C) 5 (D) 7
Answer: (C)
Exp: For maximum power Transfer
RL = Zs
= 42 + 32
= 5Ω
24. The return loss of a device is found to be 20 dB. The voltage standing wave ratio
(VSWR) and magnitude of reflection coefficient are respectively
(A) 1.22 and 0.1 (B) 0.81 and 0.1 (C) –1.22 and 0.1 (D) 2.44 and 0.2
Answer: (A)
Exp: The reflection co-efficient is −20 log Γ = 20dB
⇒ log Γ = −1dB
⇒ Γ = 10−1 => Γ = 0.1
Relation between Γ and VSWR is
1+ Γ
S=
1− Γ
1 + 0.1 1.1
S= =
1 − 0.1 0.9
s = 1.22
Let g ( t ) = e−πt , and h(t) is a filter matched to g(t). If g(t) is applied as input to h(t),
2
25.
then the Fourier transform of the output is
2 2 −π f 2
(A) e−πf (B) e−πf /2
(C) e (D) e−2 πf
Answer: (D)
Exp:
The concept of matched filter assumes that the input signal is of the same form
g(t) as the transmitted signal(except difference in amplitude).this requires that the
shape of the transmitted signal not change on reflection.
h(t) = g(− t) ⇔ H(f) = G * (f)
G * (f) = G(f) ∴ G(f) is real
2 2
g(t) = e − πt ↔ e − πf (fourier transform)
2 2 2
⇒ y(t) ↔ e − πf × e − πf = e −2 πf
g(t) h( t ) g(t)
y(t) = h(t) * g(t) [convolution]

10
Q. No. 26 – 55 Carry Two Marks Each
26. Let U and V be two independent zero mean Gaussian random variables of
1 1
variances and respectively,. The probability P (3V ≥ 2U) is
4 9
(A) 4/9 (B) 1/2 (C) 2/3 (D) 5/9
Answer: (B)
p(3V ≥ 2U) = p(3V − 2 ≥ 0) = p(W ≥ 0),W = 3V − 2U
Exp:
 1
U, V are independent random variables and U ∼ N  0, 
 4
 1
V ∼ N  0, 
 9
 1 1
∴ W = 3V − 2U ∼ N  0,9 × + 4 × 
 4 9
W ∼ N(0,2) ie., W has mean µ = 0 and var iance, σ2 = 2
w − µ 0 − µ
∴ p(W ≥ 0) = p  ≥
 σ σ 
= p(Z ≥ 0), Z is s tandard normal var iants
1
= 0.5 =
2
27. Let A be an m x n matrix and B an n x m matrix. It is given that determinant

(Im + AB ) = determinant (In + BA ) , where Ik is the k × k identity matrix. Using the
above property, the determinant of the matrix given below is
2 1 1 1
 
1 2 1 1
1 1 2 1
 
1 1 1 2
(A) 2 (B) 5 (C) 8 (D) 16

Answer: (B)
1 1 0 0 0
   
1 0 1 0 0
Let A = 1 1 1 11x4 ; B =   ; I1 = 1; I4 = 
Exp: 1 0 0 1 0
   
1 4x1 0 0 0 1
1 1 1 1
 
1 1 1 1
then AB = 4 ; BA =  Here m = 1; n = 4
1 1 1 1
 
1 1 1 1

11
and det(I1 + AB) = det(I4 + BA)

2 1 1 1
 
1 2 1 1
⇒ det of 5 = det of 
1 1 2 1
 
1 1 1 2
2 1 1 1
 
1 2 1 1
∴ det of 
1 1 2 1
 
1 1 1 2
28. In the circuit shown below, if the source voltage VS = 100 ∠53.13O V then the
Thevenin’s equivalent voltage in Volts as seen by the load resistance RL is
3Ω j4 Ω j6Ω 5Ω
+ −
VL1
+ +
VS ~ j40i2 RL = 10 Ω
− − 10VL1
I1
I2
(A) 100 ∠ 90O (B) 800 ∠ 0O (C) 800 ∠ 90O (D) 100 ∠ 60O
Answer: (C)
Exp: VTH = 10 VL1
 4
VC 100∠53.13 −1 
VL1 = = − Tan  8  × j4
3 + j4 5
VL1 = 80 ∠90°
VTH = 800 ∠90°
ω (s) 10
29. The open-loop transfer function of a dc motor is given as = , when
Va ( s ) 1 + 10s
connected in feedback as shown below, the approximate value of Ka that will
reduce the time constant of the closed loop system by one hundred times as
compared to that of the open-loop system is
R ( s) Va ( s ) 10 ω (s)
± Ka
1 + 10s
(A) 1 (B) 5 (C) 10 (D) 100

12
Answer: (C)
Exp:
τ openloop = 10
10 10
τ closed loop = = ⇒ Ka = 9.9. 10.
100 1 + 10ka
10k 10Ka
CLTF = =
10Ka 10s
1+ 1+ (1 + 10ka )
1 + 10s 1 + 10k a
= 10
30. In the circuit shown below, the knee current of the ideal Zener diode is 10mA. To
maintain 5V across RL , the minimum value of RL in Ω and the minimum power
rating of the Zener diode in mW, respectively, are
100Ω
10 V ILoad
Vz = 5V RL
(A) 125 and 125 (B) 125 and 250

(C) 250 and 125 (D) 250 and 250
Answer: (B)
5
Exp R L min =
IL max
10 − 5 5
I100 = = = 50 mA
100 100
ILMax = I100 − Iknee = 40 mA
5
RLmin = ×1000 = 125Ω
40
Minimum power rating of Zener should = 50 mA x 5V
= 250 mW
31. The following arrangement consists of an ideal transformer and an attenuator

which attenuates by a factor of 0.8 An ac voltage Vwx1 = 100V is applied across
WX to get an open circuit voltage VYZ1 across YZ. Next, an ac voltage
VYZ2 = 100V is applied across YZ to get an open circuit voltage VWX2 across WX.
Then, VYZ1 / VWX1 , VWX2 / VYZ2 are respectively.

13
(A) 125 / 100 and 80 / 100 W

1:1.25
(B) 100 / 100 and 80 / 100 Y
(C) 100 / 100 and100 / 100

X Z
(D) 80 / 100 and 80 / 100
Answer: (C)
Exp:
W
+ 1 : 1.25 +
Y
V1 V2
− −
X N1 : N2 Z
For a transform
V2 N
= 2
V1 N1
⇒ V2 = 1.125 × V1
The potentiometer gives an attenuation factor of 0.8 over υ2

Vyz
Hence Vyz = 0.8υ2 ⇒ = υ2
0.8
Vyz
⇒ = 1.125 × Vwx
0.8
VYZ1 100
⇒ VYZ = VWX ⇒ =
VWX1 100
Vwx2 100
Since potentiometer and transformer are bilateral elements. Hence =
Vyz1 100
32. Two magnetically uncoupled inductive coils have Q factors q1 and q2 at the
chosen operating frequency. Their respective resistances are R1 and R2. When
connected in series, their effective Q factor at the same operating frequency is
(A) q1 + q2 (B) (1 / q1 ) + (1 / q2 )
(C) ( q1R1 + q2R2 ) / (R1 + R2 ) (D) ( q1R2 + q2R1 ) / (R1 + R2 )
Answer: (C)
Exp: Q Factor of a inductive coil.
wL wL1 wL 2
Q= ⇒ Q1 = & Q2 =
R R2 R2
L R

14
When such two coils are connected in series individual inductances and
resistances are added.
Hence, L eq = L1 + L2
R eq = R1 + R 2
ωL1 ωL2
+
ωL eq ω (L1 + L2 ) R R R1 R 2
Hence Qeq = = = 1 2
R eq (R1 + R2 ) R1
+
R2
R1 R 2 R1R 2
Q1 Q2
+
R 2 R1 Q1 R1 + Q2 R 2
= =
1 1 R1 + R 2
+
R 2 R1
33. The impulse response of a continuous time system is given by

h ( t ) = δ ( t − 1) + δ ( t − 3) . The value of the step response at t = 2 is
(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) 2 (D) 3

Answer: (B)
Exp: h ( t ) = δ ( t − 1) + δ ( t − )
u (t)
h (t) y (t)
y ( t ) = u ( t − 1) + u ( t − 3 )
y (2 ) = u (1) + u ( −1)
=1
34. The small-signal resistance (i.e., dVB / dID ) in kΩ offered by the n-channel
MOSFET M shown in the figure below, at a bias point of VB = 2 V is (device data
for M: device Transconductance parameter kN = µnC'ox ( W / L ) = 40µA / V,2
threshold voltage VTN = 1 V, and neglect body effect and channel length
modulation effects)
VB
ID
(A) 12.5 (B) 25 (C) 50 (D) 100

15
Answer: (B)
Exp:
dVB
= ?
dID
VB = VDs = VGS
∴ M is in saturation
1
ID = × 40 × 10 −6 (VDS − VT )2
2
∂ID
= 40 × 10−6 (2 − 1) = 40 × 10−6
∂VDS
∂VDS ∂VB
= = 25kΩ
∂ID ∂ID
35. The ac schematic of an NMOS common-source stage is shown in the figure below,
where part of the biasing circuits has been omitted for simplicity. For the n-
channel MOSFET M, the Transconductance gm = 1mA / V, and body effect and
channel length modulation effect are to be neglected. The lower cutoff frequency
in Hz of the circuit is approximately at
RD C
10kΩ 1µF
V0
Vi M
R L 10 kΩ
(A) 8 (B) 32 (C) 50 (D) 200

Answer: (A)
Exp:
RD
1µF 10 kΩ = RD
RL
∞
Vi
RL = 10kΩ
1
fcut =
2π ( R D + R L ) C
= 8Hz

16
d2 y dy
36. A system is described by the differential equation 2
+5 + 6y ( t ) = x ( t ) .
dt dt
Let x(t) be a rectangular pulse given by
1 0 < t <2
x (t) = 
0 otherwise
dy
Assuming that y(0)=0 and = 0 at t = 0, the Laplace transform of y(t) is
dt
e−2s 1 − e−2s
(A) (B)
s ( s + 2 ) ( s + 3) s ( s + 2 ) ( s + 3)
e−2s 1 − e−2s
(C) (D)
( s + 2) ( s + 3) ( s + 2) ( s + 3)
Answer: (B)
Exp: Writing in terms of laplace transform.
S2 y ( s ) + 5sy ( s ) + 6y ( s ) = x ( s )
x (s)
⇒ y ( s) = 2
s + 5s + 6
 1 − e−2s 
x ( s) =  
 s
 
1
x (t) = = U ( t ) − U ( t − 2)
0 2 t

1 − e−2s
x (s) =
s
1 − e−2s
⇒ Y (s) =
s ( s + 2 ) ( s + 3)
37. A system described by a linear, constant coefficient, ordinary, first order

differential equation has an exact solution given by y(t) for t>0, when the forcing
function is x(t) and the initial condition is y(0). If one wishes to modify the
system so that the solution becomes -2y(t) for t>0, we need to
(A) change the initial condition to –y(0) and the forcing function to 2x(t)
(B) change the initial condition to 2y ( 0 ) and the forcing function to −x ( t )
(C) change the initial condition to j 2y ( 0 ) and the forcing function to j 2x ( t )
(D) change the initial condition to -2y(0) and the forcing function to −2x ( t )
Answer: (D)
dy ( t )
Exp: + ky ( t ) = x ( t ) ≤
dt

17
SY ( s ) − y ( 0 ) + k Y ( s ) = X ( s )
Y ( s ) s + k  = X ( s ) − Y ( 0 )
X ( s ) − Y (0 )
Y (s) =
S+K
X ( s ) Y (0 )
Y (s) = −
s+k s+k
y ( t ) = e−kt x ( t ) − y ( 0 ) e−kt
So if we want −2y ( t ) as a solution both x(t) and y(0) has to be doubled and
multiplied by –ve sign
x ( t ) → −2x ( t )
y ( 0 ) → −2y ( 0 )
38. Consider two identically distributed zero-mean random variables U and V. Let the
cumulative distribution functions of U and 2V be F(x) and G(x) respectively.
Then, for all values of x
(A) F ( x ) − G ( x ) ≤ 0 (B) F ( x ) − G ( x ) ≥ 0
(C) (F ( x ) − G ( x ) ) .x ≤ 0 (D) (F ( x ) − G ( x ) ) .x ≥ 0
Answer: (D)
Exp: F ( x ) = P {X ≤ x}
G ( x ) = P {2X ≤ x}
{
=P X≤ x
2 }
For positive value of x,
F ( x ) − G ( x ) is always greater than zero
For negative value of x.

F ( x ) − G ( x ) is − ve
but . F ( x ) − G ( x )  . x ≥ 0
39. The DFT of vector a b c d is the vector α β γ δ  . Consider the product
a b c d
 
p q r s  = a b c d d a b c
c d a b
 
b c d a
The DFT of the vector p q r s  is a scaled version of
(A) α2 β2 γ2 δ2  (B)  α β γ δ

   
(C) α + β β + δ δ + γ γ + α  (D) α β γ δ 

18
Answer: (A)
T
Exp: x(n) = a b c d
a dd c a
   
N= 4 b ca d b
x(n) ⊗ × (n) 
c db a c 
   
d c b
a 4× 4 d 4×1
a b c d
 
4 d a b c
x(n) ⊗(n) = a b c d 
c d a b
 
b c d a
p q r s = x(n) ⊗ x(n)
DFT

x(n)

x(k) α β γ δ
DFT {p q r s} = x(k)x(k) = x2(ck) =  α2 β2 γ2 δ2 
Y (s)
40. The signal flow graph for a system is given below. The transfer function for
U (s)
1
this system is
s +1
(A) 2
5s + 6s + 2
1 s −1 s −1 1 Y (s)
s +1 U (s)
(B)
s2 + 6s + 2
s +1
(C) 2
−4
s + 4s + 2
−2
1
(D) 2
5s + 6s + 2
Answer: (A)
Exp: By using Mason’s gain formula
y(s) s−2 + s−1 s−2 s + 1 s +1
= = =
u(s) 1 − −2s−2 − 4s−1 − 2s−1 − 4 + 0 252 + 6s−1 + 5 5s2
+ 6s + 2
 
41. In the circuit shown below the op-amps are ideal. The Vout in Volts is
1kΩ 1kΩ
−2V
(A) 4 +15 V
+15 V
−
+ Vout
(B) 6 +
−
−15 V
1kΩ
(C) 8 −15 V
1kΩ
+1V 1kΩ
(D) 10

19
Answer: (C)
Exp: 1kΩ 1kΩ
−2V
−
+ Vout
+ V1
−
Vout = ? 1kΩ
1kΩ
+1V 1kΩ
V1 = 1 (1 + 1) − 2 ( −1) = 4V
Vout = 2V1 = 8V
42. In the circuit shown below, Q1 has negligible collector-to-emitter saturation

voltage and the diode drops negligible voltage across it under forward bias. If
Vcc is + 5 V, X and Y are digital signals with 0 V as logic 0 and VCC as logic 1,
then the Boolean expression for Z is
+ Vcc
R1
Z
R2
X Q1
Diode
(A) XY (B) X Y (C) X Y (D) X Y

Answer: (B)
Exp: (B)
X Y Z
0 0 0
0 1 1
1 0 0
1 1 0
43. A voltage 1000sin ωt Volts is applied across YZ. Assuming ideal diodes, the
voltage measured across WX in Volts, is
1kΩ
(A) sin ωt
( )
(B) sin ωt + sin ωt / 2 W X
Z
( )
(C) sin ωt − sin ωt / 2
(D) 0 for all t + 1kΩ −

20
Answer: (D)
Exp:. Vyz
0
ωt
During the half cycle

All Diodes OFF & Hence
V1 V2
− + + −
+ V +
V1 = V2
V = 0V
During –Ve half cycle
V
V = 0V.
44. Three capacitors C1 , C2 and C3 whose values are 10µF, 5µF, and 2µF
respectively, have breakdown voltages of 10V, 5V, and 2V respectively. For the
interconnection shown below, the maximum safe voltage in Volts that can be
applied across the combination, and the corresponding total charge in µC stored
in the effective capacitance across the terminals are respectively.
(A) 2.8 and 36 C2 C3
(B) 7 and 119

(C) 2.8 and 32
(D) 7 and 80 C1
Answer: (C)
Vc3 2V
Exp: ≤ 5V ⇒ ≤ 5V..................(1)
c2 + c3 7
Vc2 5V
≤2⇒ ≤ 2V..................(2)
c2 + c3 7
V ≤ 10V ⇒ V ≤ 10V.......................(3)
From (1), V ≤ 17.5 Volts
From (2), V ≤ 2.8 Volts

21
From (3), V ≤ 10 Volts

To operate Circuit safe, V should be minimum of those =2.8V
10 80
ceff = c1 + (c2 C3 ) = 10µF + µF = µF
7 7
Q = ceff × 2.8V = 32µc
45. There are four chips each of 1024 bytes connected to a 16 bit address bus as
shown in the figure below. RAMs 1,2,3 and 4 respectively are mapped to
addresses
RAM# 4
1024B
RAM#3
A0 − A9
8 bit data bus

1024B
E
RAM# 2
1024B
E
A10
A11 RAM#1
1024B
A12
E
A13
11
Input
A14 10
01
00
A15 S1 S0
(A) 0C00H − 0FFFH,1C00H − 1FFFH, 2C00H − 2FFFH,3C00H − 3FFFH

(B) 1800H − 1FFFH,2800H − 2FFFH, 3800H − 3FFFH, 4800H − 4FFFH
(C) 0500H − 08FFH,1500H − 18FFH, 3500H − 38FFH,5500H − 58FFH
(D) 0800H − 0BFFH,1800H − 1BFFH, 2800H − 2BFFH, 3800H − 3BFFH
Answer: (D)
Exp: (D)
A 14 A 13 (s1 ) A 12 (s 0 ) A 11 A 10 A9 A0
Chip #1
{ 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
…………………
…………………
0=0800H
0=0BFFH
{
0 0 0 1 1 0 0 ………………… 0=1800H
Chip # 2
0 0 0 1 1 0 1 ………………… 1=1BFFH
0 0 1 0 1 0 0 ………………… 0=2800H
Chip # 3
{ 0
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
…………………
…………………
1=2BFFH
0=3800H
Chip # 4
{ 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 ………………… 0=3BFFH

22
46. In the circuit shown below, the silicon npn transistor Q has a very high value of
β . The required value of R2 in kΩ to produce IC = 1mA is
Vcc
3V
R1 Ic
60 kΩ
R2
RE
500 Ω
(A) 20 (B) 30 (C) 40 (D) 50

Answer: (C)
Exp VCC = 3V
IC
R1 = 60 kΩ
R2 VB = 1.2
3. = 1.2 0.7
60 + R 2
R2 RE = 500 Ω
R 2 = 40 kΩ
47. Let U and V be two independent and identically distributed random variables such
1
that P (U = + 1) = P (U = −1) = . The entropy H(U + V) in bits is
2
(A) 3/4 (B) 1 (C) 3/2 (D) log23
Answer: (C)
Exp:
U V (U + V )
+1 +1 +2
+1 -1 0
-1 +1 0
-1 -1 -2
P {U + V = +2} = 1 . 1 = 1
2 2 4
1 1 1
P {U + V = 0} = + =
4 4 2
P {U + V = −2} = 1 . 1 = 1
2 2 4
1 1
⇒ H {U + V} = log2 2 + 2 × log2 4
2 4
1
= +1 = 3
2 2

23
Common Data Questions: 48 & 49
Bits 1 and 0 are transmitted with equal probability. At the receiver, the pdf of the
respective received signals for both bits are as shown below.
pdf of received
1 signal for bit 0
pdf of received
signal for bit 1
0.5
−1 0 1 2 4
48. If the detection threshold is 1, the BER will be

1 1 1 1
(A) (B) (C) (D)
2 4 8 16
Answer: (D)
Exp: Pe = P ( 0 ) P (1 / 0 ) + P (1) P ( 0 / 1)
If Detection threshold = 1
1
P ( 0 ) = P (1) =
2
 Y = 1 1 Z
P
X = 0
= ∫ 0
f   dZ
1
0.5
1
1
4
0.2
Z
−1 0 4 1 2 4
5
1 1 1
P (1 / 0 ) = × ×1 =
2 4 8
P ( 0 / 1) = 0
1 1 1 1
Pe = × + ×0 =
2 8 2 16
49. The optimum threshold to achieve minimum bit error rate (BER) is
1 4 3
(A) (B) (C) 1 (D)
2 5 2
Answer: (B)
Exp: Optimum threshold = The point of intersection of two pdf’s

24
z
f  =1− z z ≤1
0
z z
f  = 0<z<2
1 4
The point of intersection which decides optimum threshold
z
⇒1−z =
4
z
1= +z
4
5z
1=
4
4
z=
5
Common Data Questions: 50 & 51
Consider the following figure
1Ω
+ 5Ω
Vs 10V 2Ω
− 2A
50. The current IS in Amps in the voltage source, and voltage VS in Volts across the
current source respectively, are
(A) 13, -20 (B) 8, -10 (C) −8, 20 (D) −13, 20
Answer: (D)
Exp:
2A 10A
− 8A 5A 10A
10V 5Ω
IS
+ +
2Ω 1Ω
+ 10V
−
2A
−
IS + 8 + 5 = 0
IS = −13A
51. The current in the 1 Ω resistor in Amps is

(A) 2 (B) 3.33 (C) 10 (D) 12
Answer: (C)
Exp: I1Ω = 10A we can use principle of superposition to determine the current across 1
ohm resistance.

25
Linked Answer Questions: Q.52 to Q.55 Carry Two Marks Each
Statement for Linked Answer Questions: 52 & 53
A monochromatic plane wave of wavelength λ = 600 µm is propagating in the

direction as shown in the figure below. Ei , Er , and Et denote incident, reflected,
and transmitted electric field vectors associated with the wave.
Ei Er
Hi Kr
Ki θi θr Hr
εr = 1.0
0 εr = 4.5 x
Ht
19.2 Et
z kt

52. The angle of incidence θ1 and the expression for Ei are
π×104 ( x + z )
E0 −j
0
(A) 60 and (âx − âz ) e 3 2 V /m
2
π×104 z
E0 j
0
(B) 45 and (âx + âz ) e 3 V /m
2
π×104 ( x + z )
E0 −j
(C) 450 and (âx − âz ) e 3 2 V /m
2
π×104 z
E0 −j
0
(D) 65 and (âx − âz ) e 3 V /m
2
Answer: (C)
Exp: (C)
The given oblique incidence is an vertical polarization ie., Ei is parallel to the
plane of incidence, Hi is perpendicular to the plane of incident.
− jβ1 x sin θi + z cos θi 
Ei = Eo cos θiax − sin θia2  × e .......(1)
From the given problem

n1 sin θi = n2 sin θt ................(2)
⇒ ε r1 sin θi = ε r2 sin θt
⇒ 1.sin θi = 2.1213 × sin(19.2)
sin θi = 0.6976
θi = sin−1(0.6976)
θi ≈ 45°

26
∴ the angle of incidence is 45°

2π 2π π
β= = −6
= 104 θi = 45, θr = 19.2
λ 600 × 10 3
substituting equation (1) we get
π
− j 104 [x sin(45) + z cos(45)]
Ei = Eo [cos(45) ax − sin(45)az ] e 3
− jπ104
 1 1  (x + z)
Ei = Eo  ax − az  × e 3 2
 2 2 
π104 (x + z)
Eo −j
Ei =  ax − az  e 3 2

53. The expression for Er is
π×104 ( x − z )
E0 −j
(A) 0.23 (âx + âz ) e 3 2 V /m
2
π×104 z
E0 j
(B) − (âx + âz ) e 3 V /m
2
π×104 ( x − z )
E0 −j
(C) 0.44 (âx + âz ) e 3 2 V /m
2
π×104 ( x + z )
E0 −j
(D) (âx + âz ) e 3 V /m
2
Answer: (A)
Exp: (A)
The reflection co-efficient for parallel polarization is given by

εr2 εr2
cos θi − − sin2 θi
Er εr1 εr1
Γ = =
Ei εr2 εr2
cos θi + − sin2 θi
εr1 εr1
4.5 4.5
cos(45) − − sin2 (45)
Γ = 1 1
4.5 4.5
cos(45) + − sin2 (45)
1 1
Γ = 0.23
− jβ x sin θr − z cos θr 
Er = ΓEo  cos θr ax + sin θr ax  e
But θr = θi since reflected ray and incident ray lies in the same medium by using
snell’s law
− jβ  x sin θi − z cos θi 
Er = Γ Eo cos θiax + sin θiaz  e
π×104  1 1 
−j x −z 
3  2i
Er = 0.23 × Eo cos(45)ax + sin(45)az  e 2
Hence
π×104 (x − z)
Eo −j
Er = 0.23 ×  ax + az  e 3 2
v /m
2

27
Statement for Linked Answer Questions: 54 & 55
The state diagram of a system is shown below. A system is described by the

state-variable equations
.
X = AX + Bu; y = CX + Du
1 −1 1 −1 1
u y
1 1
S S
54. The state-variable equations of the system shown in the figure above are
.  −1 0   −1 .  −1 0   −1
X=   X +  u X=   X +  u
(A)  1 − 1 1 (B)  − 1 − 1 1
y = 1 − 1 X + u y = −1 − 1 X + u
.  −1 0   −1 .  −1 −1  −1
X=  X+  u X=   X +  u
(C)  −1 −1 1 (D)  0 − 1  1
y = 1 − 1 X − u y =  −1 − 1 X − u
Answer: (A)
Exp: . .
1 x1 −1 x 1 1 x2 −1 x 2 1
u y
1 1
.
S S
x 1 = − x1 − 4
.
x 2 = − x2 − 4
y = − x2 + x1 + 4
.  −1 0   −1
x =  x +   u ; y = 1 − 1 x + 4
 1 −1 1
55. The state transition matrix eAt of the system shown in the figure above is
 e− t 0   e− t 0  e − t 0  e − t −te−t 
(A)   (B)   (C)   (D)  
−t
te e− t   −te
−t
e−t  e
−t
e−t   0 e−t 
Answer: (A)
 −1 0 
Exp: A=  
 1 −1
eAt = L−1 ( SI − A ) 
−1
 
e − t
0 
eAt =  
−t
 te e− t 

28
56. Choose the grammatically CORRECT sentence:

(A) Two and two add four (B) Two and two become four
(C) Two and two are four (D) Two and two make four
Answer: (D)
57. Statement: You can always give me a ring whenever you need.
Which one of the following is the best inference from the above statement?
(A) Because I have a nice caller tune
(B) Because I have a better telephone facility
(C) Because a friend in need in a friend indeed
(D) Because you need not pay towards the telephone bills when you give me a
ring
Answer: (C)
58. In the summer of 2012, in New Delhi, the mean temperature of Monday to
Wednesday was 41ºC and of Tuesday to Thursday was 43ºC. If the temperature
on Thursday was 15% higher than that of Monday, then the temperature in ºC on
Thursday was
(A) 40 (B) 43 (C) 46 (D) 49
Answer: (C)
Explanations:- Let the temperature of Monday be TM
Sum of temperatures of Tuesday and Wednesday = T and
Temperature of Thursday =TTh
Now, Tm + T = 41 × 3 = 123
& Tth + T = 43 × 3 = 129
∴ TTh − Tm = 6, Also TTh = 1.15Tm
∴0.15Tm = 6 ⇒ Tm = 40
∴ Temperature of thursday = 40 + 6 = 46O C
59. Complete the sentence:

Dare ____________ mistakes.
(A) commit (B) to commit (C) committed (D) committing
Answer: (B)
60. They were requested not to quarrel with others.

Which one of the following options is the closest in meaning to the word quarrel?
(A) make out (B) call out (C) dig out (D) fall out
Answer: (D)

29
61. A car travels 8 km in the first quarter of an hour, 6 km in the second quarter and
16km in the third quarter. The average speed of the car in km per hour over the
entire journey is
(A) 30 (B) 36 (C) 40 (D) 24
Answer: (C)
Total dis tan ce
Explanations:-Average speed =
Total time
8 + 6 + 16
= = 40 km / hr
1 1 1
+ +
4 4 4
62. Find the sum to n terms of the series 10 + 84 + 734 + …
(A)
(
9 9n + 1 ) +1 (B)
(
9 9n − 1 ) +1 (C)
(
9 9n − 1 ) +n (D)
(
9 9n − 1 ) +n
2
10 8 8 8
Answer: (D)
Explanations:-Using the answer options, substitute n = 2. The sum should add up to 94
Alternative Solution:
The given series is 10+84+734+………………………..+n terms
( ) ( ) ( )
= ( 9 + 1) + 92 + 3 + 93 + 5 + 94 + 7 + ................. n terms
( )
= 9 + 92 + 93 + ....................nterms + (1 + 3 + 5 + 7 + ............ n terms )
(
9 9n − 1 )+n 2

 sn =
(
a rn − 1 )
(r > 1) and


=  r −1 
9 −1  Sum of first n odd natural numbers is n2 
 
63. Statement: There were different streams of freedom movements in colonial India
carried out by the moderates, liberals, radicals, socialists, and so on.
Which one of the following is the best inference from the above statement?
(A) The emergence of nationalism in colonial India led to our Independence
(B) Nationalism in India emerged in the context of colonialism
(C) Nationalism in India is homogeneous
(D) Nationalism in India is heterogeneous
Answer: (D)
64. The set of values of p for which the roots of the equation 3x2 + 2x + p (p − 1) = 0
are of opposite sign is
(A) ( −∞, 0 ) (B) ( 0,1) (C) (1, ∞ ) (D) ( 0, ∞ )
Answer: (B)
Explanation:
Since the roots are of opposite sign, the product of roots will be negative.
p ( p − 1)
∴ < 0 ⇒ p ( p − 1) < 0 ⇒ ( p − 0 ) ( p − 1) < 0 ⇒ 0 < p < 1
3
Thus the required set of values is ( 0, 1)

30
65. What is the chance that a leap year, selected at random, will contain 53
Sundays?
(A) 2/7 (B) 3/7 (C) 1/7 (D) 5/7
Answer: (A)
Explanations:-There are 52 complete weeks in a calendar year 852 × 7 = 364 days
Number of days in a leap year = 366
2
∴ Probability of 53 Saturdays =
7

31
EC-GATE-2015 PAPER-01| www.gateforum.com
General Aptitude
1. Choose the word most similar in meaning to the given word:

Educe
(A) Exert (B) Educate (C) Extract (D) Extend
Answer: (C)
2. If logx (5/7) = -1/3, then the value of x is

(A) 343/125 (B) 125/343 (C) -25/49 (D) -49/25
Answer: (A)
3
5 7 7
Exp:  x 1 3   x1 3     x  2.74
7 5 5
ab ab
3. Operators ,  and  aredefined by : a  b  ;a  b  ;a  b  ab. Find the value
ab a b
 66  6   66 6 .
(A) -2 (B) -1 (C) 1 (D) 2
Answer: (C)
66  6 60 5
Exp: 666   
66  6 72 6
66  6 72 6
66 6   
66  6 60 5
5 6
(666)(66 6)    1
6 5
4. Choose the most appropriate word from the options given below to complete the following
sentence.
The principal presented the chief guest with a ____________, as token of appreciation.
(A) momento (B) memento (C) momentum (D) moment
Answer: (B)
5. Choose the appropriate word/phrase, out of the four options given below, to complete the
following sentence:
Frogs ____________________.
(A) Croak (B) Roar (C) Hiss (D) Patter
Answer: (A)
Exp: Frogs make ‘croak’ sound.
© All rights reserved by Gateforum Educational Services Pvt. Ltd. No part of this booklet may be reproduced or utilized in any form without the
written permission. 1
6. A cube of side 3 units is formed using a set of smaller cubes of side 1 unit. Find the
proportion of the number of faces of the smaller cubes visible to those which are NOT
visible.
(A) 1 : 4 (B) 1 : 3 (C) 1 : 2 (D) 2 : 3
Answer: (C)
Exp:
1 1 1
1 1 1
1
1 1 1 1
1
1 1 1
Number of faces per cube = 6
Total number of cubes = 9×3 = 27

∴ Total number of faces = 27×6 = 162
∴ Total number of non visible faces = 162-54 = 108
Number of visible faces 54 1
∴  
Number of non visible faces 108 2
7. Fill in the missing value
6 5 4
7 4 7 2 1
1 9 2 8 1 2 1
4 1 5 2 3
3 3
Answer: 3
Exp: Middle number is the average of the numbers on both sides.
Average of 6 and 4 is 5
Average of (7+4) and (2+1) is 7
Average of (1+9+2) and (1+2+1) is 8

Average of (4+1) and (2+3) is 5
Therefore, Average of (3) and (3) is 3
8. Humpty Dumpty sits on a wall every day while having lunch. The wall sometimes breaks. A
person sitting on the wall falls if the wall breaks.
Which one of the statements below is logically valid and can be inferred from the above
sentences?
(A) Humpty Dumpty always falls while having lunch
(B) Humpty Dumpty does not fall sometimes while having lunch
(C) Humpty Dumpty never falls during dinner
(D) When Humpty Dumpty does not sit on the wall, the wall does not break
Answer: (B)
9. The following question presents a sentence, part of which is underlined. Beneath the sentence
you find four ways of phrasing the underline part. Following the requirements of the standard
written English, select the answer that produces the most effective sentence.
Tuberculosis, together with its effects, ranks one of the leading causes of death in India.
(A) ranks as one of the leading causes of death
(B) rank as one of the leading causes of death
(C) has the rank of one of the leading causes of death
(D) are one of the leading causes of death
Answer: (A)
10. Read the following paragraph and choose the correct statement.
Climate change has reduced human security and threatened human well being. An ignored
reality of human progress is that human security largely depends upon environmental
security. But on the contrary, human progress seems contradictory to environmental security.
To keep up both at the required level is a challenge to be addressed by one and all. One of the
ways to curb the climate change may be suitable scientific innovations, while the other may
be the Gandhian perspective on small scale progress with focus on sustainability.
(A) Human progress and security are positively associated with environmental security.
(B) Human progress is contradictory to environmental security.
(C) Human security is contradictory to environmental security.
(D) Human progress depends upon environmental security.
Answer: (B)
Electronics and Communication Engineering

1. A region of negative differential resistance is observed in the current voltage characteristics

of a silicon PN junction if
(A) Both the P-region and the N-region are heavily doped
(B) The N-region is heavily doped compared to the P-region
(C) The P-region is heavily doped compared to the N-region
(D) An intrinsic silicon region is inserted between the P-region and the N-region
Answer: (A)
2. A silicon sample is uniformly doped with donor type impurities with a concentration of
1016 / cm3 . The electron and hole mobilities in the sample are
1200cm2 / V  s and 400cm2 / V  s respectively. Assume complete ionization of impurities.
The charge of an electron is 1.6 1019 C. The resistivity of the sample  in  cm  is
____________.
Answer: 0.52
1 1
Exp: P  
N ND q n
1

10  1.6  1019  1200
16
 0.52   cm
K
3. A unity negative feedback system has the open-loop transfer function G  s   .
s  s  1 s  3
The value of the gain K (>0) at which the root locus crosses the imaginary axis is
_________________.
Answer: 12
k
Exp: C.Eis1  0
s  s  1 s  3
s3  4s2  3s  k  0
By using Routh Table, s1 row should be zero. For poles to be on imaginary axis
12  k
 0 ; k should be 12.
4
4. Suppose A and B are two independent events with probabilities

P  A   0 and P  B  0. Let A and B be their complements. Which one of the following
statements is FALSE?
(A) P  A  B  P  A  P  B (B) P  A \ B  P  A 
(C) P  A  B  P  A   P  B  
(D) P A  B  P A P  B  
Answer: (C)
Exp: We know that A and B are independent
then P(A∩B) = P(A) P(B)
A and B are independent then P(A/B) = P(A) and P(B/A) = P(B)

Also if A and B are independent then Aand B are also independent
     
i.e., P A  B  P A P B
∴ (A), (B), (D) are correct

(C) is false
Since P(A∪B) = P(A)+P(B)-P(A∩B)
= P(A)+P(B)-P(A)P(B)
5. The waveform of a periodic signal x(t) is shown in the figure.

xt
3
2 1 4
t
4 3 1 2 3
3
 t 1 
A signal g(t) is defined by gt  x   . The average power of g(t) is
 2 
__________________.
Answer: 1.5
 t 1 
Exp: g  t   x  
 2 
The average power of x(t) and g(t) is same because the signal g(t) is scaled and shifted
version of x(t).
1
1
Power of x  t   lim  3t  dt
2
T  4
1
1
9  t3  9 2 3
 lim     
T  4 3
  1 4 2 2
3
 Power of g  t  
2
6. In the network shown in the figure, all resistors are identical with R  300  . The resistance
R ab  in   of the network is___________.
a
R R R R
R R
R R R
R  300
R ab R R R
R R R
Answer: 100
b
Exp:
R R R R
2 2
R R
R R R R
R eq 2 2
By bridge condition
2R R R 2R
R eq
R eq  R  100
3
7. Consider a system of linear equations:

x  2y  3z  1
x  3y  4z  1 and
2x  4y  6z  k.
The value of k for which the system has infinitely many solutions is ________________.
Answer: 2
Exp: x-2y+3z = -1
x-3y+4z = 1
-2x+4y-6z = k
 1 2 3 1
Augmented matrix  A B    1 3 4 1 
 2 4 6 K 
R 2  R 2  R1 , R 3  R 3  2R1
1 2 3 1 
0 1 1 2 

0 0 0 K  2 
The system will have infinitely many solutions if p(A/B) = p(A) = r < number of variables
 k-2 = 0
k=2
10  s  1
8. The polar plot of the transfer function G  s   for 0     will be in the
s  10
(A) first quadrant (B) second quadrant
(C) third quadrant (D) fourth quadrant
Answer: (A)
10  s  1
Exp: G s 
s  10
Put s  j
10  j  1
G  j 
 j  10 
  0, M  1  0
  , M  10  0
j
 
0 10
So, zero is nearer to imaginary axis. Hence plot will move clockwise direction.
It is first quadrant.
9. Let z  x  iy be a complex variable. Consider that contour integration is performed along

the unit circle in anticlockwise direction. Which one of the following statements is NOT
TRUE?
z
(A) The residue of at z  1 is 1 / 2
z2  1
(B) 
C
z 2 dz  0
1 1
(C) 

2i z C
dz  1
(D) z (complex conjugate of z) is an analytical function

Answer: (D)
Exp: f z  z
 x  iy
u  x, v   y
 u x  1and v x  0
u y  0 and v y  1
 u x  v y i.e., C  R equations not satisfied
 z is not analytic
(A) z = 1 is a simple pole
 z  z z 1
Residue  2  at z  1 is lim  z  1. 2  lim 
 z 1  z 1 z 1 z 1 z 1 2
(B) Since z2 is analytic everywhere
∴ Using Cauchy’s integral theorem,  z dz  0 y
2
10. Consider the signal s  t   m  t  cos  2f c t   m

ˆ  t  2f c t  where m
ˆ  t  denotes the Hilbert
transform of m(t) and the bandwidth of m(t) is very small compared to f c . The signal s(t) is a
(A) high-pass signal
(B) low-pass signal
(C) band-pass signal
(D) double sideband suppressed carrier signal
Answer: (C)
Exp: Given s(t) is the equation for single side band modulation (lower side band).
Thus it is a Band pass signal.
11. For the circuit with ideal diodes shown in the figure, the shape of the output  vout  for the
given sine wave input  vin  will be
 
 in  out
0 0.5T T
 
(A) (B)
0 0.5T T
0 0.5T T
(C) (D)
0 0.5T T 0 0.5T T
Answer: (C)
Exp: The circuit can be re drawn as

a d
 
D1

Vo R

 
b D2 c
D2
During positive pulse, both diodes are forward biased. So output pulse of +ve polarity is
produced. As polarity at ‘d’ and ‘c’ is given opposite to input terminals, hence +ve pulse is
inverted. During negative pulse, both diodes are reverse biased. So, V0 = 0V
12. The result of the convolution x  t     t  t 0  is

(A) x  t  t 0  (B) x  t  t 0  (C) x  t  t 0  (D) x  t  t 0 
Answer: (D)
Exp: x(t) *   t  t 0   x(t) * (t  t 0 )
 x  t  t  t 0 
 x  t  t 0 
1  4 1 2
13. The value of p such that the vector  2  is an eigenvector of the matrix  p
  2 1  is
3  14 4 10 
___________.
Answer: 17
4 1 2 1 
Exp: AX  X   P 2 1     2 
 
14 4 10   3 
 12    
  P  7    2     12      1
 36   3 
2  P  7       2
and 3  36 i.e.,   12
 Equation  2  gives P  7  24  P  17
14. In the given circuit, the values of V1 and V2 respectively are

4
I
 
2I
V2 5A 4 4 V1
 
(A) 5V, 25V (B) 10V, 30V (C) 15V, 35V (D) 0V, 20V
Answer: (A)
Exp: By nodal analysis
5  I  I  2I  0
4I  5
5
I A
4
V1  4I  5volts
V2  4(5)  V1
 20  V1  25 volts
15. In an 8085 microprocessor, the shift registers which store the result of an addition and the
overflow bit are, respectively
(A) B and F (B) A and F (C) H and F (D) A and C
Answer: (B)
Exp: In an 8085 microprocessor, after performing the addition, result is stored in accumulator and
if any carry (overflow bit) is generated it updates flags.
16. Negative feedback in a closed-loop control system DOES NOT

(A) reduce the overall gain (B) reduce bandwidth
(C) improve disturbance rejection (D) reduce sensitivity to parameter variation
Answer: (B)
Exp: Negative feedback in a closed loop
(i) Increases bandwidth
(ii) Reduces gain
(iii) Improve distance rejection
17. A 16 Kb (=16,384 bit) memory array is designed as a square with an aspect ratio of one
(number of rows is equal to the number of columns). The minimum number of address lines
needed for the row decoder is ___________________.
Answer: 7
Exp: Generally the structure of a memory chip = Number of Row × Number of column
= M×N
 The number of address line required for row decoder is n where M = 2n or
n = log2M
 As per information given in question : M = N
So M×N = M×M = M2 = 16k = 24×210
 M2 = 214
 M = 128
 n = log2128 = 7
18. A function f (x)  1  x 2  x 3 is defined in the closed interval [-1, 1]. The value of x, in the
open interval (-1, 1) for which the mean value theorem is satisfied, is
(A) -1/2 (B) -1/3 (C) 1/3 (D) 1/2
Answer: (B)
Exp: By Lagrange’s mean value theorem
f 1  f  1 2
f ' x    1
1   1 2
-2x+3x2 = 1
3x2-2x-1 = 0
So x = 1, -1/3
x= -1/3 only lies in (-1,1)
19. The electric field component of a plane wave traveling in a lossless dielectric medium is
  z 
given by E  z, t   aˆ y 2cos 108 t   V/ m . The wavelength (in m) for the wave is
 2
_____________________.
Answer: 8.885
 z 
Exp: E  z, t   2cos 108 t  ay
 2
2
  2 2

  8.885m
20. In the circuit shown, the switch SW is thrown from position A to position B at time t = 0. The
energy  in J  taken from the 3V source to charge the 0.1F capacitor from 0V to 3V is
SW
3V 120 B A
t 0
0.1F
(A) 0.3 (B) 0.45 (C) 0.9 (D) 3

Answer: (C)
Exp: So the capacitor in initially uncharged i.e. VC(0) = 0
 The capacitor will be charged to supply voltage 3V when the switch is in position B
for ∞ time.
 So we need to find capacitor voltage
Vc  t   Vc      Vc  0   Vc     e  t 
 3  3e  t 
  RC  120  0.1  106  12  sec
dVc
ic  C
dt

 0.1  106  dtd 3  3e t 


3  0.1  t  0.3  t 
 e  e
 12
 So instantaneous power of source = V(t)i(t)
 0.3  0.9  t 
P  t    3  .e t    e
 12  12

 E  Pdt 
0

0.9
 12 e
t 
 dt
0
e    
0.9  t   0.9 
      
12 0
 12 
0.9
 12  106 
12
 0.9 J
21. In the circuit shown below, the Zener diode is ideal and the Zener voltage is 6V. The output
voltage V0 (in volts) is ________________.
1k

10V 1k V0

Answer: 5
Exp: Zener is not Breakdown
Hence
1
Vo  10   5V
2
22. Consider a four bit D to A converter. The analog value corresponding to digital signals of
values 0000 and 0001 are 0V and 0.0625V respectively. The analog value (in Volts)
corresponding to the digital signal 1111 is ___________________.
Answer: 0.9225
Exp: Analog output = [Resolution] × [Decimal equivalent of Binary]
= (0.0615) (15) = 0.9225V
23. In the circuit shown, at resonance, the amplitude of the sinusoidal voltage (in Volts) across
the capacitor is ___________________.
4 0.1mH
10cos  t 
1F
 Volts  
Answer: 25
Exp: VC  QV  90
0 L 1 L 10
Q    2.5
R R C 4
VC = 25-90°
|VC| = 25V
24 A sinusoidal signal of 2 kHz frequency is applied to a delta modulator. The sampling rate and
step-size  of the delta modulator are 20,000 samples per second and 0.1V, respectively. To
prevent slope overload, the maximum amplitude of the sinusoidal signal (in Volts) is
1 1 2
(A) (B) (C) (D) 
2  
Answer: (A)
Exp: To avoid slope overload,
d
.Ts  x(t)
dt max
x(t)  E m sin  2f m t 
d
x(t)  E m .2f m
dt max
0.1  20,000  E m .2.2000
1
 Em 
2
25. Consider a straight, infinitely long, current carrying conductor lying on the z-axis. Which one
of the following plots (in linear scale) qualitatively represents the dependence of H  on r,
where H  is the magnitude of the azimuthal component of magnetic field outside the
conductor and r is the radial distance from the conductor?
A H  B H
r r
C H  D H
r r
Answer: (C)
I
Exp: H 
2r
r is the distance from current element.
1
H 
r
Q. No. 26 – 55 carry Two Marks Each
26. The input X to the Binary Symmetric Channel (BSC) shown in the figure is ‘1’ with
probability 0.8. The cross-over probability is 1/7. If the received bit Y = 0, the conditional
probability that ‘1’ was transmitted is ______________________.
X 6 7 Y
0 0
P[X  0]  0.2 17 17
P[X  1]  0.8
1 6 7 1
Answer: 0.4
Exp:
X 617 Y
0 0
Px  0  0.2
1/ 7
1/ 7
Px  1  0.8
1 1
6/7
P y  0 / x  1 P x  1
P x  1 / y  0 
P{y  0}
1
P y  0 / x  1 
7
P{x  1}  0.8
6 1 2
P{y  0}  0.2   0.8  
7 7 7
1
 0.8
 P x  1 / y  0  7  0.4
2
7
27. The transmitted signal in a GSM system is of 200 kHz bandwidth and 8 users share a
common bandwidth using TDMA. If at a given time 12 users are talking in a cell, the total
bandwidth of the signal received by the base station of the cell will be at least (in kHz)
__________________.
Answer: 400
Exp: Since GSM requires 200 KHz and only 8 users can use it using TDMA, 9th user needs
another 200 KHz.
9th, 10th, 11th, 12th user can use another 200 KHz bandwidth on time share basis.
Thus for 12 user we need 400 KHz bandwidth.
28. For the discrete-time system shown in the figure, the poles of the system transfer function are
located at
Xn Yn
1 5
6 6
Z1 Z1
1 1 1 1
(A) 2, 3 (B) , 3 (C) , (D) 2,
2 2 3 3
Answer: (C)
Exp:
Y(z) 1 z2
 H(z)  
X(z) 5 z 2 5
z2  z 
1
1  z 1 
6 6 6 6
2
z

 1  1
 z   z  
 2  3
1 1
So, poles are z  , z  .
2 3
29. The circuit shown in the figure has an ideal opamp. The oscillation frequency and the
condition to sustain the oscillations, respectively, are
R1
R2

 out

2C C 2R
R
1 1
(A)and R1  R 2 (B) and R1  4R 2
CR CR
1 1
(C) and R1  R 2 (D) and R1  4R 2
2CR 2CR
Answer: (D)
1
Exp: Frequency of Wein bridge oscillator is 0  , but in the question time constant is
RC
doubled so, frequency becomes half.
1
0 
2RC
1
Z1  2R   2  R  jR 
j c
1 R2
R
2 j c j
Z2  
R
1 R  jR
2 jc
Z2 1
 
Z1  Z2 5
R1
1  5  R1  4R 2
R2
1 2
30. A source emits bit 0 with probability and bit 1 with probability . The emitted bits are
3 3
communicated to the receiver. The receiver decides for either 0 or 1 based on the received
value R. It is given that the conditional density functions of R are as
1 1
 ,  3  x  1,  ,  1  x  5,
f R|0 (r)   4 and f R|1 (r)   6

 0, otherwise,  0, otherwise.

The minimum decision error probability is
(A) 0 (B) 1/12 (C) 1/9 (D) 1/6
Answer: (B)
31. For a silicon diode with long P and N regions, the accepter and donor impurity concentrations
are 11017 cm3 and 11015 cm3 , respectively. The lifetimes of electrons in P region and
holes in N region are both 100 s . The electron and hole diffusion coefficients are
49cm2 / s and 36cm2 / s, respectively. Assume kT / q  26mV , the intrinsic carrier
concentration is 110 cm and q  1.6 10 C . When a forward voltage of 208 mV is
10 3 19
applied across the diode, the hole current density  in nA / cm2  injected from P region to N
regions is __________.
Answer:
32. For the NMOSFET in the circuit shown, the threshold voltage is Vth , where Vth  0 . The
source voltage Vss is varied from 0 to VDD . Neglecting the channel length modulation, the
drain current I D as a function Vss is represented by.
VDD
VSS
A ID  B ID
VSS VSS
VDD  Vth Vth
 D
C ID ID
VSS VSS
VDD  Vth VDD  Vth
Answer: (A)
Exp: VGS = VDS
Hence MOS Transistor is in saturation.
In saturation,
ID  k  VGS  Vr   k  VDD  VSS  VT 

2 2
As VSS  ID   Not linearly because square factor 

Hence option (A) correct
33. In the system shown in figure (a), m(t) is a low-pass signal with bandwidth W Hz. The
frequency response of the band-pass filter H(f) is shown in figure (b). If it is desired that the
output signal z(t) = 10x(t), the maximum value of W (in Hz) should be strictly less than
____________________.
x  t   m  t  cos  2400t  H f 
y  t   10x  t   x 2  t  zt
Amplifier Band  pass
filter
a 
H f 
1700 700 0 700 1700 f  Hz 
Answer: 350
Exp: x(t)  m(t).cos  2400t 
Spectrum of x(t)
X(f )
1200  w 1200 1200  w 1200  w 1200 1200  w f
y(t) =10x(t)+x2(t)
Let us draw the spectrum of positive frequencies of y(t).
y(t)  10m(t)cos  2400t  m 2 (t)cos 2 (2400t)
1  cos 4800t 
 10m(t)cos  2400t   m 2 (t)  
 2 
m2 (t) m2 (t)
y(t)   10m(t)cos  2400t   cos  4800t 
2 2

m2 (t)
2w 2w
y(t) 
 Y(f )
2w 2w 1200  w 1200 1200  w 2400  2w 1200 2400  2w
 2w  700
2400  2w  1700
 w  350
34. In the circuit shown, I1  80mA and I2  4mA . Transistors T1 and T2 are identical. Assume
that the thermal voltage VT is 26mV at 27o C. At 50o C , the value of the voltage
V12  V1  V2 (in mV) is ________________.
Vs
I2 I1
 
V2 V1
V12
T2 T1
Answer: -19.2
VBE2 VT
Exp: I2  ISe
VBE2  V2
VBE1 VT
I1  ISe
VBE  V1
V1  V2
I1 VT
e
I2
50  273
VT  at 50C    27.8mV
11,600
V V
1 1 2
 e 27.8m
2
V1  V2  19.2 mV
35. The electric field intensity of a plane wave traveling in free space is give by the following
expression
E  x, t   a y 24 cos  t  k 0 x  V / m 
In this field, consider a square area 10cm x 10 cm on a plane x + y = 1. The total time-
averaged power (in mW) passing through the square area is __________________.
Answer: 53.3
Exp: E(x,t) = 24π cos(  t - k0x)V/m
1 E 02
Pavg  ax
2 
1  24 
2
 ax
2 120
 7.53a x
Power  P   Pavg .ds
 s
x  y 1
ax  ay
 unit vector normal to thesurface
2
ax

P  7.53a x .
s 2
dydz
P  53.3mW
7.53
  10  10  102  102
2
P  53.3  103 W
36. The maximum area (in square units) of a rectangle whose vertices lie on the ellipse
x 2  4y2  1 is ____________________.
Answer: 1
Exp: rectangle
o ellipse
Let 2x, 2y be the length, breadth respectively of the rectangle inscribed in the ellipse
x 2  4y2  1, then
Area of the rectangle (2x) (2y) i.e., 4xy
Consider, f   Area 
2
 16x 2 y2
 1  x2 
 4x 2 1  x 2   y 2  
 4 
f '  x   0  x 1  2x 2   0  x 
1
2
1 1
 y2   y 
8 8
1
f ''  x   8  48x 2  0 when x 
2
1
 f is maximum at x =
2
 1  1 
∴ Area is maximum and the maximum area is 4    i.e., 1
 2  8 
37. In the given circuit, the maximum power (in Watts) that can be transferred to the load R L is
___________________.
2
40 Vrms j2 RL
Answer: 1.66
4  2j
Exp: VTh(rms)   2 245 ; VTh(mq)  24
2  2j
ZTh  2 || 2 j  1  j
R L  Zth  2 
Maximum power transfer to RL is

2
2 245
 I  RL   2 1.66W
2
Pmax
2 1 j
38. A lead compensator network includes a parallel combination of R and C in the feed-forward
s2
path. If the transfer function of the compensator is G c  s   , the value of RC is
s4
______________.
Answer: 0.5
s2
Exp: Given G(s) 
s4
1 1
Zero = 2 = 
 RC
1 1
Pole = 4 = 
 RC
So, RC = 0.5
39. A MOSFET in saturation has a drain current of 1mA for VDS  0.5V . If the channel length
modulation coefficient is 0.05 V1 , the output resistance  in k  of the MOSFET is
_______________.
Answer: 20
Exp: Under channel length modulation
I D  I Dsat 1  VDS 
dI D 1
  I Dsat
dVDS r0
1 1
r0  
I Dsat 0.05  103
 20 k
40. The built-in potential of an abrupt p-n junction is 0.75V. If its junction capacitance  CJ  at
a reverse bias  VR  of 1.25V is 5pF , the value of CJ  in pF when
VR  7.25V is ___________ .
Answer: 2.5
1
Exp: Cj 
Vbi  VR
C2 j Vbi  VR1

C1j Vbi  VR 2
2 C1j
C2 j  C1j   2.5 pF
8 2
So, answer is 2.5
41. In the circuit shown, assume that the opamp is ideal. The bridge output voltage V0 (in mV)
for   0.05 is _______________________.
100  +
1V
250 1  250 1  -
 
V0
250 1  250 1 
100 
50 
Answer: 250 1 A 1 A
100 100
1
Exp: I50  A  I100
50
Vo
 
1
Vo   250 1     250 1   
100 
1
  250  2
100
1
  250  0.25V
1000
 250mV
42. The damping ratio of a series RLC circuit can be expressed as

R 2C 2L R C 2 L
(A) (B) (C) (D)
2L R 2C 2 L R C
Answer: (C)
1
Exp: ' '  (In series RLC circuit)
2Q
1 R C
 
1 L 2 L
2
R C
43. In the circuit shown, switch SW is closed at t = 0. Assuming zero initial conditions, the value
of vc  t  (in Volts) at t= 1 sec is ___________________.
t 0
3
SW 
10V 2 5 v c t 
F
6 
Answer: 2.528
Exp:
3

2 Vc     4V
10 
VC(0-) = 0V
At t = ∞, C is open circuit
Vc (∞) = 4V
5 6 5
  R th C   3 || 2      1sec
6 5 6
  
VC  t   VC      VC 0  VC     e  t 

 4  4e  t
VC 1  4  4e 1  2.528V
44. Consider a uniform plane wave with amplitude  E0  of 10V / m and 1.1GHz frequency
travelling in air, and incident normally on a dielectric medium with complex relative
permittivity   r  and permeability   r  as shown in the figure.
Dielectric
Air  r 1 j2
120  r 1 j2
E ?
10cm
E 0 10V/m
Freq1.1GHz
The magnitude of the transmitted electric field component (in V/m) after it has travelled a
distance of 10 cm inside the dielectric region is __________________.
Answer: 0.1
Exp: 1  2 Dielectric    0 

air  r  1  j2
1  120 r  1  j2
E1  10 V m 2  120
1 = 2
So, E2 = E1 = 10 V/m
E3 Electric field in the dielectric after travelling 10 cm
E3  E 2ez
r    j  j    j
  j  j  0 0  r r
  j  j  0 0 1  j2 
 j  0 0  2  0 0
2  2  1.1  109
  2 0 0   46.07
3  108
z  10cm
2
E 3  10e 1010 46.07
 10e 4.6  0.1
    
45. A vector P is given by P  x 3 ya x  x 2 y2a y  x 2 yza z . Which one of the following statements
is TRUE?

(A) P is solenoidal, but not irrotational

(B) P is irrotational, but not solenoidal,

(C) P is neither solenoidal nor irrotational

(D) P is both solenoidal and irrotational
Answer: (A)
Exp: P  x 3 ya x  x 2 y 2 a y  x 2 yza z

.P  3x  y  2x 2 y  x 2 y  0
It is solenoidal.
a x a y a z
  
 P 
x y z
x 3 y x 2 y2  x 2 yz
 a x   x 2 y   a y  2xyz   a z  2xy 2  x 3   0
So P is solenoidal but not irrotational.

46. All the logic gates shown in the figure have a propagation delay of 20 ns. Let A=C=0 and
B=1 until time t=0. At t= 0, all the inputs flip (i.e., A = C = 1 and B = 0) and remain in that
state. For t > 0, output Z = 1 for a duration (in ns) of
A
B Z
C
Answer: 40
Exp:
A Y
Z
B
X
C
As per information given on question the waveforms of A, B, C are as follows
C
t 0
 The logic to solve this question is first obtain X, Y waveform and using this obtain Z.
 To obtain X, initially assume delay of NOT gate is 0 and draw its waveform and finally
shift it by 20nsec to obtain actual X. Similar procedure to be followed for obtaining Y
and Z i.e., first draw waveform with 0 delay and at the end shift by the amount of delay
given in question.
 X  B  with 0 delay  B
t 0
B
t 0
B
 with delay  t  20nsec
 Y  B.A
A
t 0
B
t  20
 with delay 
Y  AB
 without delay  t  20nsec
Y  AB
 with delay  t  40nsec
 
 z  AB  C
AB
t  40
C t  20 t  40
t 0
Z
 without delay  t 0 20 40
Z
 with delay  0 20 40 60
Clearly we can say that output is high during 20 nsec to 60 nsec i.e. a duration of 40 nsec
 K  1
47. A plant transfer function is given as G  s    K p  I  . When the plant operates in a
 s  s s  2
unity feedback configuration, the condition for the stability of the closed loop system is
K
(A) K p  I  0 (B) 2K I  K p  0 (C) 2K I  K p (D) 2K I  K p
2
Answer: (A)
Exp: G s 
 sK p  KI 
s 3
 2s 2 
C.E  s3  2s 2  s1K P  K I  0
R  H table
s3 1 Kp 0
s2 2 KI 0

s1 2K p  K I  0 0
2
s0 KI
For stable system

1st column elements must be positive
 KI  0
 2K P  K I 
 0
 2 
K
K P  I  0
2
48. A 3-input majority gate is defined by the logic function M  a,b,c   ab  bc  ca . Which one
of the following gates is represented by the function M(M(a,b,c),M(a,b,c),c)?
(A) 3-input NAND gate (B) 3-input XOR gate
(C) 3-input NOR gate (D) 3-input XNOR gate
Answer: (B) and (D)
Exp: M  a, b,c   ab  bc  ac   m  3,5,6,7 
M  a, b,c    m  0,1, 2, 4   X  let say for simplicity 
 
M a, b,c  ab  bc  ac   m  2, 4,6,7   Y  let 
c   m 1,3,5,7   z  let 

f  M  a, b,c  , M a, b,c ,c  
  
 f  x, y, z 
 xy  yz  zx
   m  0,1, 2, 4     m  2, 4,6,7       m  2, 4,6,7  m 1,3,5,7   
   m 1,3,5,7   m  0,1, 2, 4  
  m  2, 4    m  7    m 1
 AND operater is like intersection 
  m 1, 2, 4,7   
 OR operator is like union 
 A  B  C  A  B  C  standard result 
Both options  D  and  B  are correct
49. The longitudinal component of the magnetic field inside an air-filled rectangular waveguide
made of a perfect electric conductor is given by the following expression
Hz  x, y,z, t   0.1 cos  25x  cos 30.3 y  cos 12109 t  z   A / m 
The cross-sectional dimensions of the waveguide are given as a = 0.08m and b= 0.033m. The
mode of propagation inside the waveguide is
(A) TM12 (B) TM21 (C) TE21 (D) TE12
Answer: (C)
mx
Exp:  25x  m  25a  2
a
ny
 30.3y  n  30.3b  1
b
Given is Hz means TE mode
 mode  TE21
50. The open-loop transfer function of a plant in a unity feedback configuration is given as
K s  4
G s   . The value of the gain K(>0) for which 1  j2 lies on the root locus
 s  8  s2  9 
is __________________.
Answer: 25.5
Exp: By magnitude condition
G  s  H  s  s 1 2 j  1
k 2j  3
So, 1
7  2j 2  2j 4  2j
20 8 53
K
13
 25.5
So K value is = 25.5
51. Two sequences [a, b, c] and [A, B, C] are related as,

 A  1 1 1  a 
2
 B   1 W 1 W 2   b  where W  e j 3 .
   3 3   3
C  1 W32 W34  c 

If another squence  p,q, r  is derived as,
 p  1 1 1  1 0 0   A / 3
q   1 W1 W 2  0 W 2 
0   B / 3  ,
   3 3  3
 r  1 W32 W34  0 0 W34  C / 3 

then the relationship between the sequences [p, q, r] and [a, b, c] is
(A)  p,q,r    b,a,c (B)  p,q,r    b,c,a 
(C)  p,q,r   c,a,b (D)  p,q,r   c,b,a 
Answer: (C)
Exp: Consider,
1 1 1  1 0 0  1 w 32 w 34 
    
1
1 w 3 w 32  0 w 32 0   1 w 33 w 36 
1 w 2  
 3 w13  0 0 w 34  1 w 34 w 35 
w 34  w 3   w13 ; w 36  w 33  w 30  1 ; w 35  w 32
31
1 w 32 w13   A  1 w 32 w13  1 1 1  a 
1  1  
1   B   1 1 1  1 w 31 w 32   b 
3 
1 1
3
1
1 w 3 w 32   C  1
1 w 3 w 32  1 w 32 w 31   c 
1  w 32  w13 1  w 3  w 31 1  w 30  w 30   a 
1 
 111 1  w 31  w 32 1  w 32  w 31   b 
3 1 1  
1  w 3  w 3 1  w 3  w 3 1  w 3  w 3   c 
1 2 0 0
j2 
 w3  e 3 ,
w 32  w13  w 3  w 31  w 31  w 32  1
p 0 0 3  a   c 
 q    3 0 0   b    a 
  1
3
 r  0 3 0   c   b 
d2 y dy
52. The solution of the differential equation 2
 2  y  0 with y(0)  y'  0   1 is
dt dt
(A)  2  t  e t (B) 1  2t  e t (C)  2  t  e t (D) 1  2t  e t
Answer: (B)
Exp: Differential equation is (D2+2D+1).y = 0
D2+2D+1 = 0(D+1)2 = 0  D = -1,-1
solution is y  t    c1  c 2 t  e  t  C.F
 y'  t   c2 e t   c1  c2 t   e  t 
y(0) = 1; y'  0   1 gives c1 = 1 and c2+c1(-1) = 1c2 = 2
∴ y(t) = (1+2t)e-t
53. The pole-zero diagram of a causal and stable discrete-time system is shown in the figure. The
zero at the origin has multiplicity 4. The impulse response of the system is h[n]. If h[0] = 1,
we can conclude
Imz
0.5
4 Rez
0.5 0.5
0.5
(A) h[n] is real for all n

(B) h[n] is purely imaginary for all n
(C) h[n] is real for only even n
(D) h[n] is purely imaginary for only odd n
Answer: (C)
54. Which one of the following graphs describes the function f  x   e x  x 2  x  1 ?
A f (x)  B f (x)
x x
f (x)
C f (x)  D
x x
Answer: (B)
Exp: f(1) = e-x (x2+x+1)
f(0) = 1
f(0.5) = 1.067
For positive values of x, function never goes negative.
55. The Boolean expression F  X,Y, Z  XYZ  XYZ  XYZ  XYZ converted into the
canonical product of sum (POS) form is
(A)  X  Y  Z  X  Y  Z X  Y  Z  X  Y  Z 
(B)  X  Y  Z X  Y  Z X  Y  Z  X  Y  Z 
(C)  X  Y  Z  X  Y  Z X  Y  Z  X  Y  Z 
(D)  X  Y  Z X  Y  Z X  Y  Z   X  Y  Z 

Answer: (A)
Exp: Given minterms are:
F  X, Y, Z   XYZ  XYZ  XYZ  XYZ

So, maxtermis F  X, Y, Z   m  0,1,3,5 
 
POS   X  Y  Z  X  Y  Z X  Y  Z X  Y  Z  
General Aptitude
1. What is the adverb for the given word below?

Misogynous
(A) Misogynousness (B) Misogynity
(C) Misogynously (D) Misogynous
Answer: (C)
2. Choose the appropriate word–phrase out of the four options given below, to complete the
following sentence
Dhoni, as well as the other team members of Indian team _______________ present on the
occasion
(A) Were (B) Was (C) Has (D) Have
Answer: (A)
3. Ram and Ramesh appeared in an interview for two vacancies in the same department. The
probability of Ram’s selection is 1/6 and that of Ramesh is 1/8. What is the probability that
only one of them will be selected?
(A) 47/48 (B) 1/4 (C) 13/48 (D) 35/48
Answer: (B)
Exp: P  Ram   1 ; p  Ramesh   1
6 8
7 1 5
p  only at   p  Ram   p  not ramesh   p  Ramesh   p  n 0  R am   1   
6 8 8 6
12 1
 
40 4
4. Choose he word most similar in meaning to the given word:

Awkward
(A) Inept (B) Graceful (C) Suitable (D) Dreadful
Answer: (A)
5. An electric bus has onboard instruments that report the total electricity consumed since the
start of the trip as well as the total distance covered. During a single day of operation, the bus
travels on stretches M, N, O and P, in that order. The cumulative distances traveled and the
corresponding electricity consumption are shown in the Table below
Stretch Cumulative distance (km) Electricity used (kWh)
M 20 12
N 45 25
O 75 45
P 100 57
The stretch where the electricity consumption per km is minimum is
(A) M (B) N (C) O (D) P
© All rights reserved by GATE Forum Educational Services Pvt. Ltd. No part of this booklet may be reproduced or utilized in
any form without the written permission. Discuss this questions paper at www.gatementor.com.
1
Answer: (B)
Exp: For M  12 6
20
N  25  555
45
O  45 6
75
P  57  57
200
6. Given below are two statements followed by two conclusions. Assuming these statements to
be true, decide which one logically follows.
Statements:
I. All film stars are playback singers.
II. All film directors are film stars
Conclusions:
I. All film directors are playback singers.
II. Some film stars are film directors.
(A) Only conclusion I follows (B) Only conclusion II follows
(C) Neither conclusion I nor II follows (D) Both conclusions I and II follow
Answer: (D)
7. Lamenting the gradual sidelining of the arts ill school curricula, a group of prominent artists
wrote to the Chief Minister last year, asking him to allocate rnore funds to support arts
education in schools. However, no such increase has been announced in this year’s Budget.
The artists expressed their deep anguish at their request not being approved, but many of them
remain optimistic about funding in the future
Which of the staternent(s) below is/are logically valid and can be inferred from the above
statements?
(i) The artists expected funding for the arts to increase this year
(ii) The Chief Minister was receptive to the idea of increasing funding for the arts
(iii) The Chief Minister is a prominent artist
(iv) Schools are giving less importance to arts education nowadays
(A) (iii) and (iv) (B) (i) and (iv) (C) (i), (ii) and (iv) (D) (i) and (iii)
Answer: (C)
8. A tiger is 50 leaps of its own behind a deer. The tiger takes 5 leaps per minute to the deer’s 4.
If the tiger and the deer cover 8 metre and 5 metre per leap respectively. What distance in
metres will be tiger have to run before it catches the deer?
2
Answer: 800
Exp: Tiger  1 leap  8 meter
Speed  5leap hr  40m min
Deer  1 leap  5meter
speed  4hr  20m min
Let at time ‘t’ the tiger catches the deer.
 Distance travelled by deer + initial distance between them
50  8  400m = distance covered by tiger.
 40  t  400  20t
400
t  20 min
200
 total dis tance  400  20  t  800 ms
9. If a 2  b2  c2  1, then ab  bc  ac lies in the interval

(A) [1, 2/3] (B) [–1/2, 1] (C) [–1, 1/2] (D) [2, –4]
Answer: (B)
10. In the following sentence certain parts are underlined and marked P, Q and R. One of the
parts may contain certain error or may not be acceptable in standard written communication.
Select the part containing an error. Choose D as your answer if there is no error.
The student corrected all the errors that the instructor marked on the answer book
P Q R
(A) P (B) Q (C) R (D) No error
Answer: (B)
Exp: The is not required in ‘Q’
1. Let the signal f  t   0 outside the interval T1 ,T2 , where T1 and T2 are finite. Furthermore,
f  t    . The region of convergence (RoC) of the signal’s bilateral Laplace transform F(s)
is
1. A parallel strip containing the j axis
2. A parallel strip not containing the j axis
3. The entire s–plane
4. A half plane containing the j axis
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4
Answer: (C)
Exp: For a finite duration time domain signal ROC is entire s-plane.
3
K
2. A unity negative feedback system has an open–loop transfer function G  s   . The
s  s  10 
gain K for the system to have a damping ratio of 0.25 is ____________________
Answer: 400
k
Exp: G(s)  2
s  10s
k
CLTF  2
s  10s  k
  0.25
k  2n
n  k
10
  0.25
2 k
10
k
0.5
k  (20) 2
k  400
3. A mod–n counter using a synchronous binary up–counter with synchronous clear input is
shown in the figure. The value of n is _____________________
4  Bit Binary QA QA
Counter
QB QB
QC QC
CLOCK CLK
QD QD
CLEAR
Answer: 6
Exp: To find the modulus of the counter, consider the status of the inputs (QB, QC) as 1.
So, QA QBQCQD  0110
So, it is a MOD-6 counter
4. By performing cascading and/or summing/differencing operations using transfer function

blocks G1  s  and G 2  s  , one CANNOT realize a transfer function of the form
G1  s 
(A) G1  s  G 2  s  (B)
G2 s
 1   1 
(C) G1  s    G 2  s   (D) G1  s    G 2  s  
 G1  s    G1  s  
Answer: (B)
4
5. The electric field of a uniform plane electromagnetic wave is

  
E   a x  j4a y  exp  j  2107 t  0.2z 
The polarization of the wave is
(A) Right handed circular (B) Right handed elliptical
(C) Left handed circular (D) Left handed elliptical
Answer: (D)
    2  107
Exp: 
E  a x  4 ja y e  j 2 107 t  0.2z
  0.2
E z  cos t
E y  4cos     2   4sin t
So, it left hand elliptical polrization
6. A piece of silicon is doped uniformly with phosphorous with a doping concentration of

1016 / cm3 . The expected value of mobility versus doping concentration for silicon assuming
full dopant ionization is shown below. The charge of an electron is 1.6 1019 C. The
conductivity  in S cm1  of the silicon sample at 300 K is _________________
Hole and Electron Mobility in Silicon at 300 K
1400
1200 Electron Hole

Mobility (cm2.V-1. s-1)
1000
600
800
400
200
0
1.E  13 1.E  14 1.E  15 1.E  16 1.E  17 1.E  18 1.E  19 1.E  20
Answer: 1.92 
Doping concentration cm3 
cm 2
Exp: As per the graph mobility of electrons at the concentration 1016/cm3 is 1200
Vs
cm2
So,  n  1200
Vs
 N  N D q n
 1016  1.6  1019  1200
 1.92 S cm 1
5
7. In the figure shown, the output Y is required to be Y  AB  CD . The gates G1 and G2 must
be, respectively,
A
G1
B
G2 Y
C
D
(A) NOR, OR (B) OR, NAND (C) NAND, OR (D) AND, NAND
Answer: (A)
Exp: Given expression is Y  AB  CD
The first term can be obtained by considering G1 as NOR gate, and second term  CD  is
obtained from another lower NOR-Gate. So, final expression can be implemented by
considering G2 as OR-Gate.
8. In the bistable circuit shown, the ideal opamp has saturation level of  5V . The value of
R1  in k  that gives a hysteresis width of 500 mV is ______________.
R 2  20k
R1

vout
vin  

Answer: 1
Exp:
V0
L
VI
VTL VTH
L
6
Hysteresis  VTH  VTL

R  R 
 L  1   L  1 
 R2   R2 
 R   R 
500mV  ( 5)  1   5  1 
 20k   20k 
R
 1
2k
 R1  500  2  103  103
 1000   1k
Two causal discrete–time signal x  n  and y  n  are related as y n    m0 x m

n
9.
2
It the z–transform of y  n  is , the value of x  2 is __________
z  z  1
2
Answer: 0
n
Exp: y  n    x  m
m0
According to accumulation property of z-transform

X z 2 z X z
Y z   
1z 
1
z  z 1  z 1
2z 2 2z 3
 X z  
 z 1 1 z 1 
 x  n   2u  n 3 thus x  20
1 if a  t  b
10. The bilateral Laplace transform of a function f  t   
0 otherwise
ab e2  a  b  e as  e bs es  a  b 
(A) (B) (C) (D)
s s s s
Answer: (C)
1 atb
Exp: Given f  t  
0 otherwise
L f  t  

 est f  t  dt
0
 
est f  t   est f  t  dt  e st f  t  dt
a
 
0  a b
7
b
0  a
e st dt  0
e st b 1  bs
   e  e  as 
s a s
e  as e  bs

s
11. The 2–port admittance matrix of the circuit shown is given by

0.3 0.2  15 5 5
(A) 
0.3
(B) 
0.2 5 15
3.33 5  0.3 0.4  10  10 

(C) 
3.33
(D)  
 5 0.4 0.3 
Answer:
Exp: Correct answer not given in options
 0.3  0.2
  0.2 0.3 
 
12. The value of x for which all the eigen–values of the matrix given below are real is
10 5 j 4 
x 20 2 

 4 2  10 
(A) 5 + j (B) 5 – j (C) 1 – 5j (D) 1+ 5 j
Answer: (B)
10 5  J 4 
Exp:

Let A  x 20 2 

 4 2 10 
Given that all eigen values of A are real.
 A is Hermitian
 
T
 A   A ie. A A
 10 x 4  10 5 j 4 
5 j 20 2    x 20 2   x  5 j
  
 4 2 10   4 2 10 
8
 
13. The signal cos 10t   is ideally sampled at a sampling frequency of 15 Hz. The sampled
 4
 sin  t    
signal is passed through a filter with impulse response   cos  40t   . The filter
 t   2
output is
15   15  sin  t    
(A) cos  40t   (B)   cos 10t  
2  4 2  t   4
15   15  sin  t    
(C) cos 10t   (D)   cos  40t  
2  4 2  t   2
Answer: (A)
 
Exp: Given signal is x  t  cos 10t  
 4

Neglect the phase-shift and it can be inserted at the end result.
4
1
 If x1  t  cos 10t L
 X1  f     f 5     f 5  
2
Given filter impulse response is,
 sin t   
h t   cos  40t  
 t   2
  sin c t  sin  40t 
1
 H  f   rect f *   f  20     f  20  
2j 
1
  rect  f  20   rect  f  20  
2j 
15
X1  f  repeats with a value f o 15Hz and each impulse value is
2
Thus the sampled signal spectrum and the spectrum of the filter are as follows:
X s f 
15 / 2
f  H(f 
20 15 10 5 5 10 15 20
H f 
20
20
9
15
 Xs  f  H  f     f  20     f  20  
4j 
15
xr  t   sin  40 t   recovered signal
2
15  
= cos  40 t  
2  2

Insert the neglected phase shift
4
15     15  
x r  t   cos  40 t     cos  40 t  
2  2 4 2  4
14. A sinusoidal signal of amplitude A is quantized by a uniform quantizer Assume that the signal
utilizes all the representation levels of the quantizer. If the signal to quantization noise ratio is
31.8 dB, the number of levels in the quantizer is ____________________
Answer: 32
Exp: Signal power  A 2 2
2A
Quantization step size,  
L
2
Quantization noise power 
12
4A 2 A 2
 
12L2 3L2
3
 Signal to quantiation noise ratio  L2
2
Given signal to quantization noise ratio  31.8dB or 1513.56
3
 L2  1513.56
2
 L  31.76
 32
3 ak 3
15. The magnitude and phase of the complex Fourier
series coefficients a k of a periodic signal x(t) are 2 2
shown in the figure. Choose the correct statement
form the four chices given. Notation: C is the set of
complex numbers, R is the set of purely real numbers, k
5 4 3 2 1 2 3 4
and P is the set purely imaginary numbers. 0 1
(A) x  t   R ak
(B) x  t   P 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4
k
0
(C) x  t    C  R 
(D) The information given is not sufficient to draw 
any conclusion about x(t)
10
Answer: (A)
Exp: a k   only changes the sign of the magnitude a k . Since the magnitude spectrum a k
is even the corresponding time-domain signal is real.
dy 1  cos 2y
16. The general solution of the differential equation  is
dx 1  cos 2x
(A) tan y  cot x  c  c is a cons tan t  (B) tan x  cot y  c  c is a cons tan t 
(C) tan y  cot x  c  c is a cons tan t  (D) tan x  coty  c  c is a cons tan t 
Answer: (D)
dy 1cos 2y
Exp: Given 
dx 1  cos 2x
dy dx
  (Variable – Separable)
1 cos 2y 1  cos 2x
dy dx
 
2sin y 2 cos 2 x
2
  cos ec 2 ydy   sec 2 x dx

 cot y  tan x  k
  tan x  cot y  k
 tan x  cot y  c where c   k
17. An n–type silicon sample is uniformly illuminated with light which generates 1020 electron
hole pairs per cm3 per second. The minority carrier lifetime in the sample is 1s . Int eh
steady state, the hole concentration in the sample is approximately 10x , where x is an integer.
The value of x is __________________
Answer: 14
Exp: The concentration of hole-electron pair in 1 sec  1020 106  1014 cm3
So, the power of 10 is 14.
x  14
18. If the circuit shown has to function as a clamping circuit, which one of the following
conditions should be satisfied for sinusoidal signal of period T?
C
 
v
R
(A) RC<<T (B) RC = 0.35T (C) RC  T (D) RC >> T

Answer: (D)
11
19. In a source free region in vacuum, if the electrostatic potential   2x 2  y2  cz2 , the value of
constant c must be __________________________
Answer: 3
Exp:   2x 2  y 2  cz 2
E    4xa x  2ya y  2cza z
.E  0
4  2  2c  0
c3
20. In an 8085 microprocessor, which one of the following instructions changes the content of the
accumulator?
(A) MOV B, M (B) PCHL (C) RNZ (D) SBI BEH
Answer: (D)
Exp: Generally arithmetic or logical instructions update the data of accumulator and flags. So, in
the given option only SBT BE H is arithmetic instruction.
SBI BE H  Add the content of accumulator with immediate data BE H and store the result
in accumulator.
21. The voltage  VC  across the capacitor (in Volts) in the network shown is _____________
80V 40V Vc
100V, 50 Hz
Answer: 100
V  VR2   Vc  VL 
2
Exp:
(100) 2  (80) 2   Vc  40 
2
 Vc  40   (180)(20)
2
 Vc  40    2  90  20
Vc  40  60
Vc  60  40
Vc  60  40
Vc  100V
12
az  b
22. Let f  z   . If f  z1   f  z 2  for all z1  z 2 ,a  2,b  4 and c  5, then d should be
cz  d
equal to __________.
Answer: 10
az  b
Exp: f z  if f  z1   f  z 2  , for z1  z 2
cz  d
a  2, b  4, c 5
2z  4
f z 
5z  d
2z1  4 2z 2  4
f  z1   f  z 2   
5z1  d 5z 2  d
 10 z1 z 2  20 z 2  2dz1  4d 10 z1 z 2  20 z1  2dz 2  4d
 20  z 2  z1   2d  z 2  z1 
 d 10
23. In the circuit shown the average value of the voltage Vab (in Volts) in steady state condition
is _____________.
1k 1F 1mH 2k

b a
 
5 sin  5000t  Vab
5V
Answer: 5
C s
24. For the signal flow graph shown in the figure, the value of is
R s
H3
1 X1 X3 1 X 4 C s 
R s  G1 X 2 G 2 G 3 X5 G 4
H1 H 2
13
G1G 2 G 3G 4
(A)
1  G1G 2 H1  G 3G 4 H 2  G 2G 3H3  G1G 2G 3G 4 H1H 2
G1G 2 G 3G 4
(B)
1  G1G 2 H1  G 3G 4 H 2  G 2 G 3H3  G1G 2G 3G 4 H1H 2
1
(C)
1  G1G 2 H1  G 3G 4 H 2  G 2 G 3H3  G1G 2G 3G 4 H1H 2
1
(D)
1  G1G 2 H1  G 3G 4 H 2  G 2G 3H3  G1G 2G 3G 4 H1H 2
Answer: (B)
Exp: Using mason gain formula we get it directly.
25. In the circuit shown, V0  V0A for switch SW in position A and V0  V0B for SW in position
V
B. Assume that the opamp is ideal. The value of 0B is ____________________
V0A
1 k
5V 1 k

A 1 k V0
B

SW 1 k
1 k
1V
Answer: 1.5
 1   1k 
Exp: VOB  5    1 
 1k   1k 
 6V
 1k  1  1k   1 
VOA  5    1    4V  V  V 
 1k  2  1k   2 
VOB
  1.5
VOA
14
26. Let X 0,1 and Y 0,1 be two independent binary random variables. If P (X = 0) = p and
P(Y = 0) = q, then P  X  Y  1 is equal to
(A) pq  1  p 1  q  (B) pq
(C) p 1  q  (D) 1  pq
Answer: (D)
Exp: P x  0  P  P x  1  1  p
P y  0  q  P y  1  1  q
Let Z  X  Y
X Y Z
0 0 0
0 1 1
1 0 1
1 1 2
From above table,
P X  Y  Z  P  Z  B
P Z  1  P X  0 and Y  1  P X  1 and Y  0  P X  1 and Y  1
 1  P X  0 and Y  0
 1  pq
27. An LC tank circuit consists of an ideal capacitor C connected in parallel with a coil of
inductance L having an internal resistance R. The resonant frequency of the tank circuit is
1 1 C
(A) (B) 1 R2
2 LC 2 LC L
1 L 1  2 C
(C) 1 (D) 1  R 
2 LC R 2C 2 LC  L
Answer: (B) C
Exp: Y  Yc  YLR
Y  jC 
1  R  jL 
 jC  2
 jL  R   R  2 L2 
Placing Imaginary part to zero we get option (B).
L R
15
Xn n 
n 
28. is an independent and identically distributed (i,i,d,) random process with X n
1 or  1.Yn n 
n 
equally likely to be is another random process obtained as
Yn  Xn  0.5Xn 1 . The autocorrelation function of Yn n  denoted by R Y  k  is
n 
R Y k 
(A) (B) 1.25
R Y k  1 0.5 0.5
k k
3 2 1 0 1 2 3 3 2 1 0 1 2 3
(C) R Y k  1.25 (D) R Y k  1.25
0.5 0.5
0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25
     
k k
2 1 0 1 2 3 2 1 0 1 2 3
Answer: (B)
Exp: R Y  k   R y  n, n  k 
 E  Y  n  .Y  n  k  
Y  n   x  n   0.5x  n  1
R y  k   E  x  n   0.5x  n  1  x  n  k   0.5x  n  k  1  

 E  x  n  .x  n  k   x  n  0.5 x  n  k  1  0.5 x  n  1 .x  n  k 
 0.25x  n  1 x  n  k  1
 E  x  n .x  n  k   0.5E  x  n  x  n  k  1 
 0.5E  x  n  1 x  n  k   
0.25E  x  n  1 x  n  k  1  
 R X  k   0.5R x  k  1  0.5R x  k  1  0.25R x  k 
R y  k   1.25R x  k   0.5R x  k  1  0.5R x  k  1
R x  k   E  x  n  .x  n  k  
16
if k  0,
R x  0   E  x 2  n  
1 1
 12.   1 
2
2 2
1
if k  0,
R x  k   E  x  n   .E  x  n  k  
0
 E  x  n    0
 
 
 E  x  n  k    0 
 
 R y  0   1.25R x  0   0.5R x  1  0.5R x 1
 1.25
R y 1  1.25R x 1  0.5R x  0   0.5R x  2 
 0.5
R y  1  1.25R x  1  0.5R x  2   0.5R x  0 
 0.5
R y  k  for k other than 0, 1 and – 1 = 0
 Ry k
1.25
0.5 0.5
1 1 k
29. In a MOS capacitor with an oxide layer thickness of 10 nm, the maximum depletion layer
thickness is 100 nm. The permittivities of the semiconductor and the oxide layer are s and ox
respectively. Assuming s / ox  3, the ratio of the maximum capacitance to the minimum
capacitance of this MOS capacitor is _____________________
Answer: 4.33
ox
Cmax t ox X    100 1 
Exp:   1  d max  ox   1    4.33
Cmin    t ox s   10 3 
ox
 s
t ox X d max
ox s

t ox X d max
17
30. Let the random variable X represent the number of times a fair coin needs to be tossed till two
consecutive heads appear for the first time. The expectation of X is _____________________
Answer: 1.5
Exp: Let x be a random variable which denotes number of tosses to get two heads.
1 1
P  x  2   HH  
2 2
1 1 1
P  x 3  THH   
2 2 2
1 1 1 1
P  x  4   TTHH    
2 2 2 2
.........................................................
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
E  x   2     3       4       ..........
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
1 1 1
 2  2  3  3  4  4  ............
2 2 2
1  1 1 1 
  2.  3. 2  4 3  .............
2  2 2 2 
1  1 1  
  1  2.  3 2  ......  1
2  2 2  
1  1  
2
1 3
 1  1   41 
2  2   2 2
31. In the circuit shown, the Norton equivalent resistance  in   across terminals a–b is
______________.
2
a

4I 2 4

I
b
Answer: 1.333
Exp: Nodal @ ‘a’ Vth a
Vth  4I Vth Vth 
  1  0 2
2 2 4
Also Vth  4I  2 4 Vth 1A
4I

4
 Vth  I
3 
4 1
R th   1  1.333 b
3 3 Vth
R th 
1
18
32. The figure shows a binary counter with synchronous clear input. With the decoding logic
shown, the counter works as a
Binary
Counter Q
3
Q2
Q1
CLK
Q0
CLEAR
(A) mod–2 counter (B) mod–4 counter (C) mod–5 counter (D) mod–6 counter
Answer: (B)
Exp: Q3 Q2 Q1 Q0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 1
0 0 1 0
0 0 1 1
0 1 0 0
Once the output of Ex-NOR gate is 0 then counter will be RESET. So, Ex-NOR-gate will
produce logic 0 for Q3 = 0, Q2 = 1. So, the counter will show the sequence like:
0 1  2  3
So, it is MOD-4 counter.
33. In the ac equivalent circuit shown, the two BJTs are bbiased in active region and have
identical parameters with   . The open circuit small signal voltage gain is approximately
________________________
vout
vin
19
Answer: -1
Exp:
Vout
Vin
When Base and collector is shorted, it act as a diode.

So V0  0.7V.
V0 0.7V
Gain ,   1
Vin 0.7V
34. The state variable representation of a system is given as

0 1  1 
x    x; x  0    
0  1 0
y  0 1 x
The response y(t) is
(A) sin(t) (B) 1  et (C) 1  cos  t  (D) 0
Answer: (D)
Exp: X   AX
X(s)   sI  A  X(0)
1
1
 s 1  1 
X(s)     
0 s  1 0 
1 
X(s)   s 
 0 
1 
xt   
0
1 
y(t)  [0 1]    0
0
20
dx
35. Consider the differential equation  10  0.2x with initial condition x  0   1 . The
dt
response x  t  for t  0 is
(A) 2  e0.2t (B) 2  e0.2t (C) 50  49e0.2t (D) 50  49e0.2t
Answer: (C)
dx
Exp: Given D.E 100.2x x  0  1
dt
dx
   0.2  x 10
dt
Auxiliary equation is m  0.2  0
m  0.2
 0.2  t
Complementary solution x c  C e
1 10 e0t
xp  10 et 
D   0.2  0.2
 50 e0t  50
x  x c  x p  C e 0.2 t  50
Given x  0  1  C  501  C 49
x  50 49 e
0.2  t
36. For the voltage regulator circuit shown, the input voltage  Vin  is 20V  20% and the
regulated output volage  Vout  is 10V. Assume the opamp to be ideal. For a load R L drawing
200 mA, the maximum power dissipation in Q1 (in Watts) is _____________.
Answer: 2.8056 Vin Q1 Vout
Exp: PQ1 (max)  VCE(max)  Icmax ….(i)
R1 RL
VCE(max)   24  10  V  14V
4V 
VVrefref

Ic max  (200  0.4)mA
IE  Ic  200mA  0.4mA
40 R 2 10k
 
 200.4mA  I R 2  I R1  mA 
 10 
Put values in Equation (1), we get
PQ1 (max)  14  200.4  103 Watt
 2.8056 Watt
21
37. Input x(t) and output y(t) of an LTI system are related by the differential equation
y" t   y'  t   6y  t   x  t  . If the system is neither causal nor stable, the impulse response
h(t) of the system is
1 3t 1 1 1
(A) e u  t   e2t u  t  (B)  e3t u   t   e2t u  t 
5 5 5 5
1 3t 1 1 1
(C) e u   t   e2t u  t  (D)  e3t u   t   e2t u  t 
5 5 5 5
Answer: (B)
Exp: The given differential equation is,
y" t   y '  t   6y  t   x  t 
On applying Laplace transform on both sides,
s2 y  s   sy  0   y  0   s y  s   y  0   6y s   x s 
To calculate the transfer function all initial conditions are taken as ‘0’.
  s 2 s  6  y  s   x  s 
1 1 1 1 1 
H s    
 s2 s6   s3 s  2  5  s3 s  2 

It is given that h(t) is non-casual and un-stable.

To satisfy both the conditions ROC should be left of the left most pole.
Using the following standard pair
1
  e at u   t  ;   a

sa
1
  eat u   t  ;   a

s a
1 1 1 
H s  
5  s 3 s  2 

1
  e3t u   t   e 2t u   t  
5
1 1
 e 3t u   t   e 2t u   t 
5 5
So option (B) is correct.
22
38. The diode in the circuit given below has VON  0.7V but is ideal otherwise. The current (in
mA) in the 4k resistor is __________.
2 k 3k
D 1k
1mA
4k 6k
Answer: 0.6
N0
39. A zero mean white Gaussian noise having power spectral density is passed through an
2
LTI filter whose impulse response h(t) is shown in the figure. The variance of the filtered
noise at t = 4 is
ht
2 t
0 1 3
A 
3 2 3 1 2
(A) A N0 (B) A 2 N 0 (C) A 2 N0 (D) A N0
2 4 2
Answer: (A)
Exp: Let N(t) be the noise at the output of filter.
 
Variance of N  t   E N2  t   E  N  1 
2
Since the input noise is zero mean,

Output noise mean is also zero.
 
E  N  t    E  W  t   .  h  t  dt 

 
  
E  W  t   0
W  t  is white noise

 var  N  t    E N 2  t  
 R N  0
23
Since R N     h    * h    * R    
No
Since R N     .   
2
No
R N      h    * h     .
2

No
R N     h  k .h    k  dk
2 

 h  k  dk  2 3A 
No N
R N  0  2 o 2
2 
3
 .A 2 .N o
2
40. Assuming that the opamp in the circuit shown below is ideal, the output voltage V0 (in volts)
is ___________________ 2k
12V
1k

Answer: 12
Vo
Exp: V  V 
So Vo  Vsat  12Volts
12V
1V
41. A 1–to–8 demultiplexer with data input Din , address inputs S0 ,S1 ,S2 (with S0 as the LSB)
and Y0 to Y7 as the eight demultiplexed output, is to be designed using two 2–to–4 decoders
(with enable input E and address input A0 and A1 ) as shown in the figure Din , S0 ,S1 and S2
are to be connected to P, Q, R and S, but not necessarily in this order. The respective input
connections to P, Q, R and S terminals should be
P 1E 1Yo Yo
Q 2to4 1Y Y1
Decoder 1
R 1A 0 1Y2 Y2
S 1A1 1Y3 Y3
 2Yo Y4
2to4 2Y Y5
Decoder 1
2A 0 2Y2 Y6
2A1 7 2Y3 Y7
24
(A) S2 ,Din ,S0 ,S1 (B) S1 ,Din ,S0 ,S2 (C) Din ,S0 ,S1 ,S2 (D) Din ,S2 ,S0 ,S1
Answer: (D)
Exp: We need to implement 1 : 8 DEMUX
Select lines of DEMUX should be mapped Y0
to address lines of decoder. So, LSB of Y1
DEMUX should be connected to LSB of
address lines of decoder.
R  S0
Din
S  S1
Input to both the decoder should be same so
P  Din Y7
NOT gate along with OR gate in case to S2 S1 S0
select one decoder at a time so Q  Sa .
P  Din
Q  S2
R  S0
S  S1
 sin  4t 
42. The value of the integral  12cos  2t  dt is ______________________
 4t
Answer: 3
 sin 4  t
Exp: 

12 cos 2t
4 t
dt
12  2 cos 2t sin 4t

4 0
dt
t
3   sin 6t dt  sin 2 t dt 
 
  0 t

0 t   sin A cos B  sin  A  B   sin  A  B  
3  6sin 6t  sin 2t 
   et dt   et dt 
 0 t 0 t 
3   sin 6t   sin 2t 
  L  t   L  t  with s 0
     
3   6  2 
  s s 2  362 
 ds  ds  with s 0
s s  4
2 2

3 

1  s  1  s 
  6. tan 1    2. tan 1    with s  0
  6  6  2  2  s 
25
 1
3 1  s  1  s  
 tan   tan  6   tan     tan  2  
1

     
3   
   tan 1 0   tan 10 
 2 2 
3    3
  0  0      3
2 2  
43. A function of Boolean variables X, Y and Z is expressed in terms of the min–terms as

F  X,Y, Z   1,2,5,6,7 
Which one of the product of sums given below is equal to the function F  X,Y, Z  ?
(A)  X  Y  Z. X  Y  Z. X  Y  Z 
(B)  X  Y  Z . X  Y  Z . X  Y  Z 
(C)  X  Y  Z  .  X  Y  Z  .  X  Y  Z .  X  Y  Z .  X  Y  Z 
(D)  X  Y  Z  .  X  Y  Z  .  X  Y  Z .  X  Y  Z .  X  Y  Z 
Answer: (B)
Exp: Given minterm is : F  X,Y, Z    1,2,5,6,7 
So, maxterm is :F  X,Y, Z   M  0,3, 4 
POS   X  Y  Z   X  Y  Z  X  Y  Z 
44. The transfer function of a mass–spring damper system is given by

1
G s 
Ms  Bs  K
2
The frequency response data for the system are given in the following table.
 in rad/s G  j in dB arg  G  j  in deg
0.01 –18.5 –0.2
0.1 –18.5 –1.3
0.2 –18.4 –2.6
1 –16 –16.9
2 –11.4 –89.4
3 –21.5 –151
5 –32.8 –167
10 –45.3 –174.5
The unit step response of the system approaches a steady state value of ________________
Answer: 0.12
26
Exp:
G s
U s Y s
Y(s) = G(s) U(s)

1 1
Y s   .
 Ms  Bs  K s
2

1
y     limsY  s   lim
s 0 s 0
 Ms 2
 Bs  K 
1
y  
K
Now, @   0.01rad s, G  j  18.5
dB
20log G  j  18.5

1
20log  18.5
k
 1  18.5
log   
k 20
18.5
1
y    10 20  0.1188
k
y     0.12
45. Two half–wave dipole antennas placed as shown in the figure are excited with sinusoidally
varying currents of frequency 3 MHz and phase shift of  / 2 between them (the element at
the origin leads in phase). If the maximum radiated E–field at the point P in the x–y plane
occurs at an azimuthal angle of 60o. the distance d (in meters) between the antennas is
_______________.
z
O y
d
60 OP d
Answer: 50 x
Exp:  = δ+βdcosθ
3  108
For maximum field,  = 0 
3  106
 100 m
27
δ+βdcosθ = 0
 2
  d cos 60  0
2 
 2 1
 d
2 100 2
d  50m
46. An air–filled rectangular waveguide of internal dimensions a cm  bcm  a  b  has a cutoff

frequency of 6 GHz for the dominant TE10 mode. For the same waveguide, if the cutoff
frequency of the TM11 mode is 15 GHz, the cutoff frequency of the TE 01 mode in GHz is
_____________.
Answer: 13.7
Exp:
TE10 TE 01
f c  6GHz 3  108 1
fc  .
2 2 2 b
m n
1
fc      f c  13.7 GHz
2   a   b 
1
a
40
TM11
3  108 1 1
15  109  2
 2
2 a b
1
  91.65
b
47. Consider two real sequences with time–origin marked by the bold value
x1  n   1,2,3,0 , x 2 n   1,3,2,1
Let X1  k  and X2  k  be 4–point DFTs of x1  n  and x 2  n  , respectively

Another sequence x 3  n  is derived by taking 4–point inverse DFT of x 3  k   x1  k  x 2  k  .
The value of x 3  2 is __________

Answer: 11
Exp: x1  n   1, 2,3, 0 , x 2  n   1,3, 2,1
X3  k   X1  k  X 2  k 
Based on the properties of DFT,
x1  n   x 2  n   X1  k  X2  k   x 3 n 
28
Circular convolution between two 4-point signals is as follows:

1 0 3 2  1   9 
2 1 0 3 3  8 
     
3 2 1 0  2  11
     
0 3 2 1  1  14 
 x 3  2 11
48. Let x  t   a s  t   s  t  with s  t   e4t u  t  , where u  t  is unit step function. If the

bilateral Lapalce transform of x(t) is
16
X s   4  Re s  4
s  16
2
Then the value of  is ___________________________

Answer: -2
Exp: x  t   s  t   s   t  & s  t   e 4t u  t 
x  t   e 4t u  t   e 4t u   t 

e 4t u  t  
L

s4

e 4t u   t  
L

s4
B 
 X s  
s 4 s4
   s4  s 4  16
  2 ;  4   4
 s 16
2
 s 16
On solving the numerator
2
49. Consider a binary, digital communication system which used pulses g  t  and  g  t  for
transmitting bits over an AWGN channel. If the receiver uses a matched filter, which one of
the following pulses will give the minimum probability of bit error?
gt
(A) gt (B)
1 1
0 1 t 0 1 t
29
(C) gt (D)

gt
1
1
0 1 t
0 1 t
Answer: (A)
Exp: Optimum receiver for AWGN channel is given by matched filter.
In case of matched filter receiver,
 2E 
Probability of error  Q 
 N 
 u 
 Probability of error is minimum for which E is maximum.

Now looking at options
Energy in option  A   12  1
Energy in option (C) and (D) is same = 1/3
1 2 
Energy in option (B)  2   2t  dt 

2
 0 
1 2 2 

 2  4t dt 
 0 
12
 t3 
 2.4  
 3 0
1 3
Thus option (A) is correct answer.
50. The electric field of a plane wave propagating in a lossless non–magnetic medium is given by
the following expression
 
E  z, t   a x 5cos  2109 t  z   a y 3cos  2 109 t  z  
 2
The type of the polarization is
(A) Right Hand Circular. (B) Left Hand Elliptical
(C) Right Hand Elliptical (D) Linear
Answer: (B)
30
Exp: E x  5cos  t  z 
 
E y  3cos  t  z  
 2


2
But the wave is propagating along negative z-direction
So, Left hand elliptical (LED).
51. The energy band diagram and electron density profile n(x) in a semiconductor are shown in
 qx  3
  cm
the figure. Assume that n  x   1015 e kT  , with   0.1V / cm and x expressed in cm.
. The electron current density  in A / cm2 

kT D kT
Gvien  0.026V, Dn  36cm2s 1 , and 
q  q
at x = 0 is EeV lognx
Slope0.1eV/cm
Ec
Ev
x0 x x0 x
(A) 4.4 102 (B) 2.2 102 (C) 0 (D) 2.2 102
Answer: (B) OR (D)

dn  x 
Exp: J n,diff  qDn … (1)
dx
 qax 
15  kT 
Given : n  x   10 e
d  n  x    qax 
qa  kT 
 1015  e
dx kT
d  n  x  0.1
 1015 1
dx 0.026
x 0
 3.846  1015 cm 4
J n ,diff  1.6  1019  36  3.846  1015
 2.2  102 A cm2
52. A dc voltage of 10V is applied across an n–type silicon bar having a rectangular cross–section
and a length of 1cm as shown in figure. The donor doping concentration N D and the mobility
31
of electrons n are 1016 cm3 and 1000cm2 V1s 1 , respectively. The average time  in s 
taken by the electrons to move from one end of the bar to other end is _______________.
10V
n  Si
1cm
Answer: 100
V 10
Exp:     10 V m
d 1
vd    1000  10  104 cm s
L L 1  100
vd  T  4  100 s
T Vd 10  102
53. In the circuit shown, the initial voltages across the capacitors C1 and C2 are 1V and 3V,
respectively. The switch is closed at time t = 0. The total energy dissipated (in Joules) in the
resistor R until steady state is reached is ________________________
t0
R10
 
C1 3F C2 1F
 
Answer: 1.5
 3 1
   20
Exp: I(s)  s s
 1 3
10   
 3s 3s 
1   3
2 2 
I(s) 
I(s)   s s
 4  4 
10s   10  s  
 3  30  1
1
3s s
32
1  304 t
i(t)  e ; t  0
5

E R   i 2 (t)10dt
0
4
 10   t
    e 15 dt
 25  0

 
4
t
10 e  15
 . 
25 4 
15  0
10 15
0 
25 4
 1.5 J
54. The output of a standard second–order system for a unit step input is given as
2 t  
yt 1 e cos  3t   . The transfer function of the system is
3  6
2 1 3 4
(A) (B) (C) (D)
s  2 s  3  s 2  2s  1 s 2  2s  3 s 2  2s  4
Answer: (D)
Exp: Here n  1
3
1  2 
2
1

2
n  2
55. If C denotes the counterclockwise unit circle, the value of the contour integral
1
 C Rez dz is _____________.
2j 
Answer: 0.5
1
Exp:
2J  Re  z  dz
e
where C is z 1
33
Put z  e j  d  je j d
2
Re  e j  je j d
1

2j 0
1 2
cos  . j  cos   jsin   d
2j 0

j  2 2
cos  sin  d 
2

2j   0
cos  d  0 
j 1
    0 
2j 2
34
General Aptitude
1. Find the missing sequence in the letter series below:

A, CD, GHI,?, UVWXY
(A) LMN (B) MNO (C) MNOP (D) NOPQ
Answer: (C)
Exp:
A, C D, G H I, M N O P, UVWXY
B E, F JKL QRST
1 2 3 4
2. Choose the correct verb to fill in the blank below:

Let us ______________.
(A) Introvert (B) alternate (C) atheist (D) altruist
Answer: (B)
3. Choose the most appropriate word from the options given below to complete the
following sentence?
If the athlete had wanted to come first in the race, he ___________several hours every
day.
(A) Should practice (B) Should have practised
(C) Practised (D) Should be practicing
Answer: (B)
Exp: For condition regarding something which already happened, should have practiced is the
correct choice.
4. Choose the most suitable one word substitute for the following expression
Connotation of a road or way
(A) Pertinacious (B) Viaticum
(C) Clandestine (D) Ravenous
Answer: (A)
Exp: No word is relevant. Least irrelevant word is pertinacious.
5. If x>y>I, which of the following must be true?

 i  ln x  ln y  ii  ex  ey  iii  yx  x y
iv  cos x  cos y
 A   i  and ii   B i  and iii 
© All rights reserved by GATE Forum Educational Services Pvt. Ltd. No part of this booklet may be reproduced or utilized
in any form without the written permission. Discuss this questions paper at www.gatementor.com.
1
 C  iii  and iv   D ii  and iv 

Answer: (A)
Exp: For whole numbers, greater the value greater will be its log.
Same logic for power of e.
6. From a circular sheet of paper of radius 30cm, a sector of 10% area is removed. If the
remaining part is used to make a conical surface, then the ratio of the radius and height of
the cone is ________.
Answer: 13.08
Exp: 90% of area of sheet = Cross sectional area of cone
 0.9    30  30    r1  30
 27 cm  r1
 height of the cone  302  27 2

 13.08 cm
7. In the following question, the first and the last sentence of the passage are in order and
numbered 1 and 6. The rest of the passage is split into 4 parts and numbered as 2,3,4, and
5. These 4 parts are not arranged in proper order. Read the sentences and arrange them in
a logical sequence to make a passage and choose the correct sequence from the given
options.
1. One Diwali, the family rises early in the morning.
2. The whole family, including the young and the old enjoy doing this,
3. Children let off fireworks later in the night with their friends.
4. At sunset, the lamps are lit and the family performs various rituals
5. Father, mother, and children visit relatives and exchange gifts and sweets.
6. Houses look so pretty with lighted lamps all around.
(A) 2, 5, 3, 4 (B) 5, 2, 4, 3 (C) 3, 5, 4,2 (D) 4, 5, 2, 3
Answer: (B)
8. Ms. X will be in Bagdogra from 01/05/2014 to 20/05/2014 and from 22/05/2014 to

31/05/2014. On the morning of 21/05/204, she will reach Kochi via Mumbai
Which one of the statements below is logically valid and can be inferred from the above
sentences?
(A) Ms. X will be in Kochi for one day, only in May
(B) Ms. X will be in Kochi for only one day in May
(C) Ms. X will be only in Kochi for one day in May
(D) Only Ms. X will be in Kochi for one day in May.
Answer: (A)
Exp: Second sentence says that Ms. X reaches Kochi on 21/05/2014. Also she has to be in
Bagdogora on 22/05/2014.
2
 She stays in Kochi for only one day in may.
9. log tan1O  log tan 2O  ......  log tan89O is .........
A 1  B 1 2  C 0  D 1
Answer: (C)
Exp: log tan1o  log tan 89o  log  tan1o  tan 89o 
 log  tan1o  cot1o 
 log1
0
Using the same logic total sum is „0‟.
10. Ram and Shyam shared a secret and promised to each other that it would remain between
them. Ram expressed himself in one of the following ways as given in the choices below.
Identify the correct way as per standard English.
(A) It would remain between you and me.
(B) It would remain between I and you
(C) It would remain between you and I
(D) It would remain with me.
Answer: (A)
1. A coaxial cable is made of two brass conductors. The spacing between the conductors is
filled with Teflon (εr = 2.1, tanδ = 0). Which one of the following circuits can represent
the lumped element model of a small piece of this cable having length Δz?
Rz / 2 Lz / 2 Rz / 2 Lz / 2 Rz / 2 Lz / 2 Rz / 2 Lz / 2
Gz  B Cz
A Cz
z z
Lz / 2 Lz / 2 Rz Lz

C
Gz Cz  D Gz Cz
z z
3
Answer: (B)

Exp: Loss tangent tan   0 

0
G  Conductivity of the dielectric material
So, ζ = 0 = G
10
2. The phase margin (in degrees) of the system G  s   is _____ .
s  s  10 
Answer: 84.32
3. In the circuit shown, diodes D1, D2 and D3 are ideal, and the inputs E1, E2 and E3 are „0 V‟
for logic „0‟ and „10 V‟ for logic „1‟. What logic gate does the circuit represent?
D1
E1
E2 D2
D3
E3 Vo
1k
10V
(A) 3 input OR gate (B) 3 input NOR gate

(C) 3 input AND gate (D) 3 input XOR gate
Answer: (C)
Exp: Case (i) : If any input is logic 0 (i.e., 0V) then corresponding diode is “ON” and due to
ideal diode output voltage Vo  0 as well as if there is any input logic 1 (i.e., 10V)
corresponding diode will be OFF.
Case (ii) : If all the inputs are high (i.e., 10V) then all the diodes are R.B (OFF) and
output voltage Vo  10V.
So, it is a positive logic 3-inputs AND gate.
4. In the circuit shown in the figure, the BJT has a current gain (β) of 50. For an emitter base
voltage VEB = 600 mV, the emitter collector voltage VEC (in Volts) is ______.
3V
60k  500 
4
Answer: 2.04
Exp: VEB  0.7 V
IB  0.0383mA
IC  1.916mA
VEC  3  IC R C  3  1.916  0.5   2.04V
5. The contour on the x-y plane, where the partial derivative of x2 + y2 with respect to y is
equal to the partial derivative of 6y + 4x with respect to x, is
(A) y = 2 (B) x = 2
(C) x + y = 4 (D) x – y = 0
Answer: (A)
Exp: The partial derivative of x 2  y2 with respect to y is 0  2y  2y .
The partial derivative of 6y  4x with respect x is 0+4 = 4.
Given that both are equal.
 2y  4  y  2
 1 tan x 
6. For A    the determinant of AT A 1 is
  tan x 1 
 A  sec2 x  B cos 4x  C 1  D 0
Answer: (A)
 1 Tan x 
A
1 
Exp:
  Tan x
1  Tan x 
AT  
Tan x 1 
A  1  Tan 2 x  Sec 2 x
1 1  Tan x 
A 1  
2
sec x Tan x 1 
1  Tan x  1 1  Tan x 
A T A 1    
Tan x
2
1  sec x Tan x 1 
1 1  Tan 2 x  Tan x  Tan x 


sec x Tax  Tan x  Tan 2 x  1 
2 
1 1  Tan 2 x 2Tan 2 x 

sec 2 x  2Tan x 
1  Tan 2 x 
1 
1  Tan 2 x   4Tan 2 x 
2
AT A 1  2
sec x 
 
1
 1  Tan 4 x  2Tan 2 x  4Tan 2 x 
sec2 
5
1
 1  Tan 4 x  2Tan 2 x 
sec2 x 
1
1  Tan 2 x 
2
 2
sec x
1
 sec2 x   sec 2 x
2
 2
sec x
7. In the circuit shown, the voltage Vx (in Volts) is______.

0.5Vx
10 


5A Vx 20 8 
0.25Vx

Answer: 8
Exp: 0.5Vx
P 10
 
5A Vx 20 8  0.25Vx

Apply KCL at point P

Vx Vx  0.25Vx
  0.5Vx  5
20 10
 1 0.75 
Vx    0.5   5
 20 10 
5
Vx    5  Vx  8V
8
8. Which one of the following 8085 microprocessor programs correctly calculates the
product of two 8-bit numbers stored in registers B and C?(Options)
(A) MVI A, 00 H (B) MVI, A, 00H
JNZ LOOP CMP C
CMP C LOOP DCR B
LOOP DCR B JNZ LOOP
HLT HLT
(C) MVI A, 00H (D) MVI A, 00H
LOOP ADD C ADD C
6
DCR B JNZ LOOP

JNZ LOOP LOOP INR B
HLT HLT
Answer: (C)
Exp: MVI A, 00H  Load accumulator by 00H
Loop : ADDC  Add the content of accumulator with content of C
register and store result in accumulator.
This will continue till B register reaches to 004.
DCRB
JNZ LOOP
HLT
So, repetitive addition of a number as many times will give the product of these two
numbers.
9. Consider the function g(t) = e–t sin(2πt) u(t) where u(t) is the unit step function. The area
under g(t) is _______.
Answer: 0.155
Exp: g(t)  e t sin(2t).u(t)
Let y(t)  Sin(2t).u(t)
2
then Y(s) 
s  (2) 2
2
g(t)  e  t y(t)
 G(s)  Y(s  1)
2
G(s) 
(s  1)  (2) 2
2

G(s)   g(t).e  st dt


G(0)   g(t).dt

2 6.28
 Area under g(t)    0.155
1  (2) 2
40.438
10. In the circuit shown using an ideal opamp, the 3-dB cut-off frequency (in Hz) is _______.
10k 10k
Vi 
Vo
0.1F

10k 10k
Answer: 159.15
7
1
Exp: f3dB 
2RC
1
  159.15Hz
210 103  0.1106
11. The modulation scheme commonly used for transmission from GSM mobile terminals is
(A) 4-QAM
(B) 16-PSK
(C) Walsh-Hadamard orthogonal codes
(D) Gaussian Minimum Shift Keying (GMSK)
Answer: (D)
12. Which one of the following processes is preferred to from the gate dielectric (SiO 2) of
MOSFETs?
(A) Sputtering (B) Molecular beam epitaxy
(C) Wet oxidation (D) Dry oxidation
Answer: (D)
13. Consider the Bode plot shown in figure. Assume that all the poles and zeros are real
valued.
40dB 40 dB dec
40 dB dec
0dB Freq. Hz 
fL 300 900 fH
The value of fH – fL (in Hz) is ______.

Answer: 8970
40  0
Exp: 40 
log10  300   log10  f L 
 300 
log10   1
 fL 
300  10f L
f L  30Hz .......... (i)
0  40
40 
log10 f H  log  900 
 f 
log10  H   1
 900 
f H  900  10  9000 .......... (ii)
f H  f L  9000  30  8970 Hz
8
14. In the circuit shown, assume that diodes D1 and D2 are ideal. In the steady-state condition
the average voltage Vab (in Volts) across the 0.5 μF capacitor is _____.
1F
50sin  t 
D1
~ D2
0.5 F
b
 
Vab
Answer: 100
K s  a 
15. The transfer function of a first order controller is given as G C  s   where, K, a
sb
and b are positive real numbers. The condition for this controller to act as a phase lead
compensator is
(A) a < b (B) a > b
(C) K < ab (D) K > ab
Answer: (A)
Exp: For phase lead compensator
s  b s  a
ab
16. A message signal m(t) = Am sin(2πfmt) is used to modulate the phase of a carrier Ac
cos(2πfct) to get the modulated signal y(t) = Ac cos(2πfct + m(t)). The bandwidth of y(t)
(A) depends on Am but not on fm (B) depends on fm but not on Am
(C) depends on both Am and fm (D) does not depends on Am or fm
Answer: (C)
Exp: y(t)  Ac cos 2f c t  m(t)
m(t)  Am sin  2f m t 

Since y(t) is phase modulated signal,
(t)  2f c t  m(t)
Bandwidth  2  f  f m 
1 d
f  m(t)
2 dt
 f depends on Am as well as fm. Thus Bandwidth depends on both Am and fm.
17. The directivity of an antenna array can be increased by adding more antenna elements, as
a larger number of elements
(A) improves the radiation efficiency
9
(B) increases the effective area of the antenna

(C) results in a better impedance matching
(D) allows more power to be transmitted by the antenna
Answer: (B)
4
Exp: D Ae
2
D   Ae 
18. For the circuit shown in the figure, the Thevenin equivalent voltage (in Volts) across
terminals
a-b is ______.
3 a
12V 1A 6
b
Answer: 10
Exp: 3
P

12V 1A 6 V n
Apply nodal equation at point P

 1 1  12
V n      1
3 6 3
V n
 5  V n  10V
2
19. The impulse response of an LTI system can be obtained by

(A) differentiating the unit ramp response
(B) differentiating the unit step response
(C) integrating the unit ramp response
(D) integrating the unit step response
Answer: (B)
Exp: Let h(t) be the impulse response of the system
u(t) h(t) y(t)
y(t) is unit step response of the system

t
y(t)   h()d

If we need to get h(t), then we have to differentiate y(t).

Thus differentiating the unit-step response gives impulse response for LTI system.
10
 i  n  i 
5
20. Consider a four point moving average filter defined by the equation y[n] = i 0
The condition on the filter coefficients that results in a null at zero frequency is
(A) α1 = α2 = 0; α0 = –α3 (B) α1 = α2 = 1; α0 = –α3
(C) α0 = α3 = 0; α1 = α2 (D) α1 = α2 = 0; α0 = α3
Answer: (A)
3
Exp: Given y[n]   i x(n  i)
i 0
 y[n]  0 x[n]  1x[n  1]  2 x[n  2]  3x[n  3]

Getting a null at zero frequency implies that given filter can be high pass filter but it
cannot be low pass filter.
High pass filter is possible if we have negative coefficients.
Let say, 1  2  0, 0  3
 y[n]   3 x[n]   3 x[n  3]
H(z)   3 1  z 3 
 H(e j )   3 1  e  j3 
 j3  j 32 j
3

 e  e 2
  2j
 3e 2
 2j 
 
3
 3   j 2
  3 2 jsin   .e
 2 
3  j 32 j 2
  3 2.sin .e .e
2
 H(e j )  0 0
In other cases it in not possible.
21. If C is a circle of radius r with centre z0, in the complex z-plane and if n is a non-zero
dz
integer, then   z  z n 1 equals
0
nj
 A 2nj  B 0 C  D 2n
2
Answer: (B)
Exp: By Cauchy‟s Integral formula,
f (z) 2i.f n (z 0 )
c (z  z0 )n 1 dz 
n!
dz 2i  f (z)  1 
  z  z 
c
n 1

n!
0  0  n 
 f (z)  0 at any z 0 
0
11
22. At very high frequencies, the peak output voltage V0 (in Volts) is ______.
100 F
1k 1k
Vo
100F
1.0sin  t  V 
1k 1k
100 
Answer: 0.5
1
Exp: For capacitor ZC 
jC
Very high frequency means     ZC  0
So, all capacitors are replaced by short circuit.
1k 1k V0
V 
1k 1k
Vi
By voltage division, V0 
2
1.sin t
V0   0.5sin  t
2
Thus, Peak voltage = 0.5
23. If the base width in a bipolar junction transistor is doubled, which one of the following
statements will be TRUE?
(A) Current gain will increase
(B) Unity gain frequency will increase
(C) Emitter base junction capacitance will increase
(D) Early voltage will increase
Answer: (D)
Exp: WB doubled (increased)  early effect is still present but its effect less severe relative to
previous WB. Slope IC Vs VCE decreases
12
 n
1
24. The value of  n   is ____.
n 0  2 
Answer: 2
 n
1
Exp: Given that  n 
n 0  2 
2 3 4
1 1 1 1
 0  1.  2    3    4    ......
2 2 2 2
1 
2 3
1 1 1
 1  2    3    4    .........
2  2 2 2 
2

1  1
1
2  2 
 1  x  2
 1  2x  3x 2  4x 3  .... 
2 1
11 1
     2
2 2 2
25. The circuit shown consists of J-K flip-flops, each with an active low asynchronous reset
( R d input). The counter corresponding to this circuit is
1 J Q 1 J Q 1 J Q
Clock
1 K Rd 1 K Rd 1 K Rd
(A) a modulo-5 binary up counter (B) a modulo-6 binary down counter

(C) a modulo-5 binary down counter (D) a modulo-6 binary up counter
Answer: (A)
Exp: Analysis:
1. Clock is taken from normal output and it is –ve edge triggering. So, it is UP-counter.
2. Input of the NAND-gate is taken from Q2 and Qo. So Q2 = 1 and Qo = 1.
3. To find the modulus
 Q2 ,Q1 ,Q0   1 0 1
So, it is MOD – 5 binary UP-counter.
26. A 200 m long transmission line having parameters shown in the figure is terminated into
a load RL. The line is connected to a 400 V source having source resistance RS through a
13
switch which is closed at t = 0. The transient response of the circuit at the input of the line
(z = 0) is also drawn in the figure. The value of RL (in Ω) is _____
V  0, t 
R s  150 100V
R 0  50
 r,eff  2.25 RL
62.5V
VS  400V
200m
z0 zL 2.0 t  s 
Answer: 30
Exp:
S R
100
0
0
R 100  1
100
2 R S 100 
62.5 3
t  s 
z0 zl
Given V(t = 2μs, Z=0) = 62.5

62.5 = V(t = 0, z = 0) + V(t = 1, z = 0) + V(t = 2, z = 0)
62.5  100  R 100   R S 100 
R L  50 1
R , S
R L  50 2
1
So, R  ,
4
R L  30
27. A coaxial capacitor of inner radius 1 mm and outer radius 5 mm has a capacitance per
unit length of 172 pF/m. If the ratio of outer radius to inner is doubled, the capacitance
per unit length (in pF/m) is _____.
Answer: 120.22
2 l
Exp: C 
ln  b a 
14
C 2 
  C1
l ln  b a 
C1 ln  b 2 a 2 

C 2 ln  b1 a1 
172 pF ln 10 1

C2 ln  5 
ln  5 
C2  172pF
ln 10 
C 2  120.22 pF
28. A universal logic gate can implement any Boolean function by connecting sufficient
number of them appropriately. Three gates are shown.
X F1  X  Y X F2  X.Y X F3  X  Y
Y Y
Y
Which one of the following statements is TRUE?

(A) Gate 1 is a universal gate.
(B) Gate 2 is a universal gate.
(C) Gate 3 is a universal gate.
(D) None of the gates shown is a universal gate.
Answer: (D)
Exp: Only NAND and NOR are universal gate, but in the question other gates are mentioned.
29. The Newton-Raphson method is used to solve the equation f(x) = x3 – 5x2 + 6x – 8 = 0.
Taking the initial guess as x = 5, the solution obtained at the end of the first iteration
is_____
Answer: 4.2903
Exp: f (x)  x 3  5x 2  6x  8
x0  5
f (x)  3x 2  10x  6
By Newton-Raphson method.
f (x 0 ) f (5)
x1  x 0  5
f (x 0 ) f (5)
22
5
31
 5  0.7097
 4.2903

30. A random binary wave y(t) is given by y  t    X p  t  nT  .
n 
n
15
where p(t) = u(t) – u(t – T), u(t) is the unit step function and φ is an independent random
variable with uniform distribution in [0, T]. The sequence X n  consists of independent
and identically distributed binary valued random variables with P{Xn = +1} = P{Xn = –1}
= 0.5 for each n.
 3T    3T  
The value of the auto correlation R yy    E  y  t  y  t    equals _______.
 4    4 
Answer: 0.25

Exp: y(t)   X P  t  nT  
n 
n
 
R yy(z)  1  
 T
Derivation of above autocorrelation function can be found in any book dealing with
random process.
[B.P. Lathi, Simon, Haykin, Schaum series].
 3T   3 / 4 
R yy    1 
 4    
1
  0.25
4
31. A three bit pseudo random number generator is shown. Initially the value of output Y =
Y2 Y1 Y0 is set to 111. The value of output Y after three clock cycles is
Y2 Y1 YD
D2 Q2 D1 Q t D0 Q0
CLK ^ ^ ^
(A) 000 (B) 001

(C) 010 (D) 100
Answer: (D)
Exp:
D 2  Q1  Q0  D1  Q 2  D0  Q1  Y2  Q 2  Q1  Y1  Q0 Y0
   1 1 1
st
1 clock 0 1 1 0 1 1
nd
2 clock 0 0 1 0 0 1
rd
3 clock 1 0 0 1 0 0
After three clock pulses output Y2 Y1Y0  100
32. In the circuit shown, assume that the opamp is ideal. If the gain (Vo/Vin) is– 12, the value
of R (in kΩ) is _____
16
10k 10k
R
Vin 10k

V0

Answer: 1
Exp: 10k Vx 10k
R
10k
Vin 
V0

Apply nodal analysis at inverting terminal

Vin  0 0  Vx
  Vin  Vx _____ (1)
10k 10k
Again apply nodal analysis at node Vx
0  Vx Vx  0 Vx  V0
  _____ (2)
10k R 10k
Put the value of Vx from equation (1) in equation (2) we get
R = 1k
33. Two sequences x1[n] and x2[n] have the same energy. Suppose x1[n] = α 0.5n u[n], where
a is a positive real number and u[n] is the unit step sequence. Assume
 1.5 for n  0,1

x 2 n  

 0 otherwise
Then the value of a is _____.
Answer: 2.25
Exp: x1[n]  (0.5)n u[n]
x 2 [n]   1.5, 1.5,0, ..... 



Energy of x1[n]   x12 [n]
n 0
17

  .(0.5)2n
n 0
 1 1 
  1    ...
 4 16 
 
 1  4
  
1 3
1  
 4
   
2 2
Energy of x 2 [n]  1.5 1.5 3
It is given that energy of x1[n] is same as energy of x 2 [n].

4
 .  3
3
9
  2.25
4
34. The ABCD parameters of the following 2-port network are
 5  j4   5  j4 
 2  j0 
3.5  j2 20.5  3.5  j2 0.5 

A  B  0.5
 20.5 3.5  j2
   3.5  j2
 10 2  j0 7  j4 0.5 
 C  2  j0 10   D  30.5 7  j4 
   
Answer: (B)
Exp: For the standard „T‟ network, obtain the Z-matrix first and then convert it into
T-matrix
7  j4 2 
Z
 2 7  j4 
Z   7  j4  7  j4    4
 49  16  4  61
Z11 7  j4
A   3.5  j2
Z21 2
Z 61
B   30.5
Z21 2
1 1
C   0.5
Z21 2
18
Z22 7  j4
D   3.5  j2
Z21 2
3.5  j2 30.5 
T
 0.5 3.5  j2 
35. A network is described by the state model as

x 1  2x1  x 2  3u
x 2  4x 2  u
y  3x1  2x 2
 Y s 
The transfer function H(s)  
 U  s  
is
 
11s  35 11s  35
A  B
 s  2  s  4   s  2  s  4 
11s  38 11s  38
 C  D
 s  2  s  4   s  2  s  4 
Answer: (A)
 2 1 3
Exp: A   B  
0 4   1
C  3 2
H  s   C  sI  A  B
1
s  2
1
1  3
 3 2 
 0 s  4  1
1 s  4 1  3
 3 2
 s  2 s  4   0 s  2  1
 
1 3s  12  1
 3 2
s  2s  8  s  2 
2
95  39  25  4

 s  2  s  4 
11s  35

 s  2  s  4 
36. In the circuit shown, the current I flowing through the 50 Ω resistor will be zero if the
value of capacitor C (in μF) is_____.
50 1mH 1mH

I
5 sin  5000t 
1mH C
~
Answer: 20
19
Exp: Convert the network into phasor domain
50 j5 j5
P
I
5  90o  j5 j
  5000 5000C
If I  0, Vp  Vi ,
 
1 1 
Vi   0
 j5  1 
 j 5  
  5000C  
1 1
  0
j5  1 
j 5  
 5000C 
1 1

5 1
5
5000C
1
5 5
5000C
1
  10
5000C
1
C  20 F
5  104
37. A realization of a stable discrete time system is shown in figure. If the system is excited
by a unit step sequence input x[n], the response y[n] is
x n  
z 1
1 5 3
  yn 
z 1
2 9 53
n n n n
 1  2
 B 5    u  n   3    u n 
2 1
A 4    u  n   5    u n 
 3  3  3  3
20
n n n n
 C  5   u  n   5   u  n   D  5   u  n   5   u  n 
1 2 2 1
 3  3 3  3
Answer: (C)
Exp: x[n] v[n]

z 1 5
3
  y[n]
1
z 1
2 / 9 5/3
From the graph
2
v[n]  x[n]  v[n  1]  v[n  2]
9
5 5
y[n]   v[n  1]  v  n  2
3 3
 2 
V(z)  1  z 1  z 2   X(z)
 9 
V(z) 1
   (1)
X(z) 1  z 1  2 z 2
9
Y(z) 5 1 5 2
 z  z  (2)
V(z) 3 3
Multiplying (1) and (2) we get
5
 z 1 1  z 1 
Y(z)
  3
X(z) 1  z 1  2 z 2
9
1
For unit step response, X(z) 
1  z 1
5
 z 1
 Y(z)  3
2
1  z 1  z 2
9
A B
 
1 2
1  z 1 1  z 1
3 3
On solving,
A=5 ; B=-5
21
n n
1  2
 y[n]  5   u[n]  5   u[n]
 3  3
 sin   t 5   
38. The complex envelope of the bandpass signal x(t) = 2  sin  t   ,
 t 5   4
1
centered about f  Hz, is
2
 sin  t 5  j 4  sin  t 5   j 4
A  e  B  e
 t 5   t 5 
 sin  t 5  j 4  sin  t 5   j 4
 C 2 e  D 2 e
 t 5   t 5 
Answer: (C)
 sin  t / 5   
Exp: x(t)   2   sin  t  
 t / 5   4
we can write above expression as
 sin(t / 5     
x(t)   2   cos sin t  sin cos t 
 t / 5  4 4 
sin(t / 5) sin(t / 5)
 cos t  sin(t)
t / 5 (t / 5)
Also
x(t)  x c (t)cos 2f c t  x s (t)sin  2f c t 
[Low pass representation of Bandpass signals]
sin(t / 5) sin(t / 5)
x c (t)  , x s (t) 
(t / 5) (t / 5)
x ce (t) is the complex envelope of x(t)
x ce (t)  x c (t)  jx s (t)
sin(t / 5) 2 sin  t / 5 j /4
 1  j  e
t / 5 (t / 5)
39. In the circuit shown, assume that the diodes D1 and D2 are ideal. The average value of
voltage Vab (in Volts), across terminals „a‟ and „b‟ is ______.
D1 D2
10k
 
6 sin  t  ~
10k Vab 20k
22
Answer: 5
40. Consider the differential equation

d2 x  t  dx  t 
2
3  2x  t   0.
dt dt
Given x(0) = 20 and x(1) = 10/e, where e = 2.71. the value of x(2) is____________
Answer: 0.8556
d 2 x(t) 3dx(t)
Exp: Given   2x(t)  0
dt 2 dt
x(0)  20
10
x(1) 
e
x(2)     
Auxillary equation is
m 2  3m  2  0
m  1, 2
Complementary solution x e  c1e t  c2e2t
Particular solution x p  0
Finally x  x c  x p  c1e  t  c 2 e 2t

x(0)  20  20  c1  c 2  (a)
10 10
x(1)    c1e1  c2 e2
e e
 10  c1  c2e1  (b)
From (a) c1  20  c2
Now 10   20  c2   c2e1
10  c2  e1  1  20
10  20 10 10 10e
c2  1
  1  1

e 1 e 1 1  e e 1
10e 20e  20  10e 10e  20
 c1  20   
e 1 e 1 e 1
10e  20  t 10e 2t
x(t)  e  e
e 1 e 1
 10e  20  2  10e  4
x(2)   e    e  0.8556
 e 1   e 1 
 n 
41. Let x  n   1  cos   be periodic signal with period 16. Its DFS coefficient are defined
 8 
1 15
  
by  k   x  n  exp   j kn  for all k. The value of the coefficient 31 is ________.
16 x 0  8 
Answer: 0.5
23
 
Exp: x[n]  1  cos  n 
8 
N=16
1 j 216n 1  j 216n
x[n]  1  e  e
2 2
1 1
a 1  , a1  , a 0  1
2 2
1
a1  a 116  a 1  a15 
2
1 1
 a 0  1, a1 , a 2 to a14  0, a15 
L 2
DFS coefficients are also periodic with period 16.
a 31  a16 15
a 31  a15
1
 a 31 
2
42. A fair die with faces {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6} is thrown repeatedly till „3‟ is observed for the first
time. Let X denote the number of times the die is thrown. The expected value of X is
_________.
Answer: 1.7854
1
Exp: Probability of getting 3 
6
1 5
Probability of not getting 3  1  
6 6
If dice thrown repeatedly till first 3 observed first time then
1 5 5 1 5 5 5 5 1
E(x)   2      3        ....
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
1 
2 4
5 5
 1  2    3    ...
6  6 6 
1  
2
5
2
  5 2 
 1  2    3      ...
6 6  6   
   
2
1 5 
2
 1    
6   6  
2
1  11  1 (36) 2
      1.7851
6  36  6 (11) 2
43. The electric field profile in the depletion region of a p-n junction in equilibrium is shown
in the figure. Which one of the following statements is NOT TRUE?
24
E
V cm 
104
0.1 0
0.5 1.0 X  m 
(A) The left side of the junction is n-type and the right side is p-type
(B) Both the n-type and p-type depletion regions are uniformly doped
(C) The potential difference across the depletion region is 700 mV
(D) If the p-type region has a doping concentration of 1015 cm–3 , then the doping
concentration in the n-type region will be 1016 cm–3
Answer: (C)
Exp: Built in potential
1
2 m
 O   106 V  1.1  106 m 
 0.55 volts
But in Question  option C  is given as 700 mV.
44. A vector field D = 2 2 aρ + z az exists inside a cylindrical region enclosed by the surfaces
ρ = 1, z = 0 and z = 5. Let S be the surface bounding this cylindrical region. The surface
 

integral of this field on S  
 s
D.ds  is _____.

Answer: 78.53
Exp: D = 2ρ2aρ+zaz
 D.ds    .D  dv
S V
1  1 D D
.D 
 
 D   
 

z
z
1 

 
 
22  0  1
1
 2  3 2  1

 6  1
2
V  .D  dv  0 0 z0  6  1  dddz
1 5
1
 63 2 
    2  5
 3 2 
0
 1
  2  10
 2
  .D  dv  78.53
v
25
45. An npn BJT having reverse saturation current Is = 10–15 A is biased in the forward active
region with VBE = 700 mV. The thermal voltage (VT) is 25 mV and the current gain (β)
may vary from 50 to 150 due to manufacturing variations. The maximum emitter current
(in μA) is _____.
Answer: 1475
I I VBE
Exp: IB  C  S e VT
 
I E     1 I B
 1 VBE
 IS .e VT

700103
 1.02  10  10
9 6
e 25103
1475 A
46. Consider the 3 m long lossless air-filled transmission line shown in the figure. It has a
characteristic impedance of 120π Ω, is terminated by a short circuit, and is excited with a
frequency of 37.5 MHz. What is the nature of the input impedance (Zin)?
ZL  0
Zin 3m
(A) Open (B) Short (C) Inductive (D) Capacitive

Answer: (D)
Exp: Zin = JZ0 tanβl
2
l  .l 3  108
 
37.5  106
2
=  3 8
8
3

4
Short circuited line

0  l   Inductor
2

 l    Capacitor
2
47. The current in an enhancement mode NMOS transistor biased in saturation mode was
measured to be 1 mA at a drain-source voltage of 5 V. When the drain-source voltage was
increased to 6 V while keeping gate-source voltage same, the drain current increased to
1.02 mA. Assume that drain to source saturation voltages is much smaller than the
applied drain-source voltage. The channel length modulation parameter λ (in V–1) is
____________.
26
Answer: 0.022
Exp: NMOS SATURATION
I D  1mA @ VDS  5V
I D 1.02mA @ VDS  6V
VDSat  VDS
I D  k  VGS  VT  1  VDS 
2
I D  k ' 1  VDS 
103  k ' 1  5 
1.02  103  k ' 1  6 
1  6
1.02   1.02  5.1 1  6
1  5
0.02  0.9
  0.022V1
48. For the system shown in figure, s = –2.75 lies on the root locus if K is_____.
 s3 Y s
K
 s2
10
Answer: 0.3
10k  s  3
Exp: G s H s 
s  2
k'  s  3

s  2
For k‟
Poles length 0.75
k'   3
zero length 0.25
3 2
10 k  3
s  2.75
k  0.3
49. An SR latch is implemented using TTL gates as shown in the figure. The set and reset
pulse inputs are provided using the push-button switches. It is observed that the circuit
fails to work as desired. The SR latch can be made functional by changing
Set Q
5V
Q
Reset
27
(A) NOR gates to NAND gates

(B) inverters to buffers
(C) NOR gates to NAND gates and inverters to buffers
(D) 5 V to ground
Answer: (D)
1
50. The variance of the random variable X with probability density function f  x   xe
x
2
is _____
Answer: 6
1 x
Exp: Given that f (x)  x e is probability density function of random variable X.
2
V(x)  E  x 2   E(x)
2
  1
E(x)   xf (x) dx  
x
x e xdx
  2
 0  the function is odd 

E(x)2   x 2 f (x)dx

 1
  x2
x
x e dx
 2
2  3 x
x e dx  function is even 
3 2

 3!  6
51. Consider a continuous-time signal defined as

 sin  at 2   
x  t     *    t  10n 
  t 2   n 
Where „ * ‟ denotes the convolution operation and t is in seconds. The Nyquist sampling
rate (in samples / sec) for x(t) is ______.
Answer: 0.4
sin  t / 2  
Exp: x(t) 
(t / 2)
*    t  10n 
n 
Convolution in time domain becomes multiplication in frequency domain.

1 
   f  kfs 
10 n 
1
Fs   0.1
Ts
Sin   t / 2 
 t / 2 
1 1 f 28
4 4
Multiplication in frequency domain will result maximum frequency is 0.2.
 0.2  0.1
0.1 0.2
Thus Nyquist rate= 0.4 samples/sec
52. In the circuit shown, the both the enhancement mode NMOS transistors have the
following characteristics: kn = μn Cox (W/L) = 1 mA/V2; VTN = 1V. Assume that the
channel length modulation parameter λ is zero and body is shorted to source. The
minimum supply voltage VDD (in volts) needed to ensure that transistor M1 operates in
saturation mode of operation is _____.
VDD
Answer: 3
Exp: Lower transistor (M1) to work in saturation
VDS1≥VGS1-V+
So, for minimum VDD
M2
VDS1 = VGS1-V+
VDS1 = 2-1 = 1V
VDS1 = VD1-VS1
1V = VD1 - 0 2V M1
∴VD1 = 1V
and I D1  K '  VGS1  V 
2
1mA
  2  1  1mA
2
I D1 
V2
Now transistor M2 , VDG = 0V
So, it will work into saturation region and same current will flow
ID2  ID1  K '  VGS2  V 
2
1mA  1mA V 2   VDD  1  1  VS2  VD1 

2
VDD  3V
29
53. The position control of a DC servo-motor is given in the figure. The values of the
parameters are KT = 1 N-m A, Ra = 1 Ω, La = 0.1H. J = 5 kg-m2, B = 1 N-m (rad/sec) and
Kb = 1 V/(rad/sec). The steady-state position response (in radians) due to unit impulse
disturbance torque Td is _________.
Ta  s 

 KT 1 1
Vd  s  s
 R a  La s  JS  B S
Kb
Answer: -0.5
Exp: Td  s   1
1
s  
 KbKT 
s  Js  B   
 R a  La s 
Steady State Value is lim s  s   0.5
s 0
54. The characteristic equation of an LTI system is given by F(s) = s5 + 2s4 + 3s3 + 6s2 – 4s –
8 = 0. The number of roots that lie strictly in the left half s-plane is _____.
Answer: 2
Exp: s  2s4  3s3  6s2  4s  8  0
5
S5 1 3 4
S 4
2 6 8
S3 8 12 0
S 2
3 8 0  as  0
S1  9.33 0 0
S 0
8
2s 4  6s 2  8  0
Let x  s 2 , then
2x 2  6x  8  x  1, 4
s2  1, 4  s 1,  2j
Number of roots lies on RHS  s  1
There are only two poles left on LHS.
55. Suppose x[n] is an absolutely summable discrete-time signal. Its z-transform is a rational
function with two poles and two zeroes. The poles are at z = ± 2j. Which one of the
following statements is TRUE for the signal x[n]?
(A) It is a finite duration signal. (B) It is a causal signal.
(C) It is a non-causal signal. (D) It is a periodic signal
30
Answer: (C)
Exp: Since x[n] in absolutely summable thus its ROC must include unit circle.
2 j
x
unit circle
x 2 j
Thus ROC must be inside the circling radius 2.

x[n] must be a non-causal signal.
31
|EC| GATE-2016-PAPER-01 www.gateforum.com
General Aptitude
1. Which of the following is CORRECT with respect to grammar and usage?

Mount Everest is __________.
(A) The highest peak in the world (B) highest peak in the world
(C) one of highest peak in the world (D) one of the highest peak in the world
Key: (A)
2. The policeman asked the victim of a theft, “What did you _________?”
(A) loose (B) lose (C) loss (D) louse
Key: (B)
3. Despite the new medicine‟s_________ in treating diabetes, it is not __________ widely.

(A) effectiveness --- prescribed (B) availability --- used
(C) prescription--- available (D) acceptance --- proscribed
Key: (A)
4. In a huge pile of apples and oranges, both ripe and unripe mixed together, 15% are unripe
fruits. Of the unripe fruits, 45% are apples. Of the ripe ones, 66% are oranges. If the pile
contains a total of5692000 fruits, how many of them are apples?
(A) 2029198 (B) 2467482 (C) 2789080 (D) 3577422
Key: (A)
Exp:
5692000  Total fruits 
15% unripe 85% ripe
853800 4838200
45% 55% 34% 66%
apples oranges apples oranges
384210 469590 1644988 3193212
Total number of apples = 384210 + 1644988 = 2029198
ICP–Intensive Classroom ProgrameGATE-Live Internet Based ClassesDLPTarGATE-All India Test Series

Leaders in GATE Preparations65+ Centers across India
© All rights reserved by Gateforum Educational Services Pvt. Ltd.No part of this booklet may be reproduced or utilized in any form without the written permission.
11/17
5. Michael lives 10 km away from where I live. Ahmed lives 5 km away and Susan lives 7 km
away from where I live. Arun is farther away than Ahmed but closer than Susan from where I
live. From the information provided here, what is one possible distance (in km) at which I live
from Arun‟s place?
(A) 3.00 (B) 4.99 (C) 6.02 (D) 7.01
Key: (C)
Exp:
Ahamed
5 km
Me Michael
10 km
Susan
7 km
Given Arun is farther away than Ahamed and closer than Susan from where I live is greater
than 5 km but less than 7 km clearly 6.02.
6. A person moving through a tuberculosis prone zone has a 50% probability of becoming
infected.
However, only 30% of infected people develop the disease. What percentage of people moving
through a tuberculosis prone zone remains infected but does not show symptoms of disease?
(A) 15 (B) 33 (C) 35 (D) 37
Key: (C)
Exp: develop disease
0.3
0.5 Infected
0.7
not develop
0.5 not Infected
P(a person infected but does not show symptoms)  0.50  0.70  0.35
The percentage is 35%
7. In a world filled with uncertainty, he was glad to have many good friends. He had always
assisted them in times of need and was confident that they would reciprocate. However, the
events of the last week proved him wrong.
Which of the following inference(s) is/are logically valid and can be inferred from the above
passage?
(i) His friends were always asking him to help them.
(ii) He felt that when in need of help, his friends would let him down.
(iii) He was sure that his friends would help him when in need.
(iv) His friends did not help him last week.
(A) (i) and (ii) (B) (iii) and (iv) (C) (iii) only (D) (iv) only
Key: (B)

22/17
8. Leela is older than her cousin Pavithra. Pavithra‟s brother Shiva is older than Leela.
WhenPavithra and Shiva are visiting Leela, all three like to play chess. Pavithra wins more
often than Leela does.
Which one of the following statements must be TRUE based on the above?
(A) When Shiva plays chess with Leela and Pavithra, he often loses.
(B) Leela is the oldest of the three.
(C) Shiva is a better chess player than Pavithra.
(D) Pavithra is the youngest of the three.
Key: (D)
1 1 1
9. If q  a  and r  b  andS c  , the value of abc is ____________.
r s q
(A)  rqs 
1
(B) 0 (C) 1 (D) r+q+s
Key: (C)
1 1 1
Exp: q a  , r b  , sc 
r s q
q a  r, r b  s, sc  q
r  q a   s c   s ac
a
s  r b   sac   sabc  abc  1

b
10. P, Q, R and S are working on a project. Q can finish the task in 25 days, working alone for 12
hours a day. R can finish the task in 50 days, working alone for 12 hours per day. Q worked 12
hours a day but took sick leave in the beginning for two days. R worked 18 hours a day on all
days. What is the ratio of work done by Q and R after 7 days from the start of the project?
(A) 10:11 (B) 11:10 (C) 20:21 (D) 21:20
Key: (C)
1
Exp: Q 's one hour work 
25  12
1
R 's one hour work 
50  12
Since Q has taken 2 days sick leave, he has worked only 5 days on the end of seventh day.
1
Work completed by Q on 7th day= (5  12)
25  12
1
Work completed by R on 7th day= (7  18)
50  12
5  12 7  12 20
Ratio of their work    20 : 21
25  12 50  12 21

33/17

1. Let M4 = I, (where I denotes the identity matrix) and M  I, M2  I and M3  I. Then, for any
natural number k, M−1 equals:
(A)M4k + 1 (B) M4k + 2 (C) M4k + 3 (D) M4k
Key: (C)
M.M 4k 1  M 4K .M 2   M 4  .M 2  I.M 2  M 2
k
Exp:
A is not correct
M.M4K  2  M4k .M3  (M4 )k .m3  I.M3  M3
B is not correct
M.M4k 3  M4k .M4  (M4 )k .M4  I.I  I
C is correct
M.M 4k  M. M 4   M(I)  M.
k
D is not correct
2. The second moment of a Poisson-distributed random variable is 2. The mean of the random
variable is _________.
Key: 1
Exp: We know that if  is parameter of poisson‟s distribution
Then, First moment  
Second moment  2  
Given that 2    2
 2    2  0
    2    1  0
  2 or 1    2 
  1
 First moment = 1
3. Given the following statements about a function f : R  R, select the right option.
P: If f(x) is continuous at x  x 0 , then it is also differentiable at x  x 0 .
Q: If f(x) is continuous at x  x 0 , then it may not be differentiable at x  x 0 .
R: If f(x) is differentiable at x  x 0 , then it is also continuous at x  x 0 .
(A) P is true, Q is false, R is false (B) P is false, Q is true, R is true
(C) P is false, Q is true, R is false (D) P is true, Q is false, R is true
Key: (B)
Exp: We know that every differentiable function is continuous but converse need not be True

44/17
4. Which one of the following is a property of the solutions to the Laplace equation: 2f  0?
(A) The solutions have neither maxima nor minima anywhere except at the boundaries.
(B) The solutions are not separable in the coordinates.
(C) The solutions are not continuous.
(D) The solutions are not dependent on the boundary conditions.
Key: (A)
5. Consider the plot of f(x) versus x as shown below.
Suppose F  x    f  y dy. Which one of the following is a graph of F(x)?

x
5
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
Key: (C)
Exp: Since the integration of an odd function is even in this logic A and B cannot be the answer as
they are odd functions.
However both C and D are even functions but the integration of a linear curve has to be
parabolic in nature and it cannot be a constant function. Based on this Option C is correct.
6. Which one of the following is an eigen function of the class of all continuous-time, linear,
time-invariant systems u(t) denotes the unit-step function)?
(A) e j0 t u  t  (B) cos  0 t  (C) e j0 t (D) sin  0 t 
Key: (C)
7. A continuous-time function x(t) is periodic with period T. The function is sampled uniformly
with a sampling period TS. In which one of the following cases is the sampled signal periodic?
(A) T  2Ts (B) T  1.2Ts (C) Always (D) Never
Key: (B)

55/17
Exp: Consider x  t   cos 0 t

If x(t) is sampled with a sampling period TS, x  n   cos  0 n is obtained
0
Here,  0
TS
2m 2

N 0 TS T0
T0 N 0
  which must be a rational number
TS m
T 12 6
Thus,   lives a periodic signal after sampling.
TS 10 5
8. Consider the sequence x  n   a n u  n   bn u  n , where u[n] denotes the unit-step sequence and
0  a  b  1. The region of convergence (ROC) of the z-transform of x[n] is
(A) z  a (B) z  b (C) za (D) a  z  b
Key: (B)
Exp: a n u  n ;ROC : z  a  R 1
b n u  n ;ROC : z  b  R 2
a n u  n   b n u  n ;ROC :R 1  R 2  z  b
A B
9. Consider a two-port network with the transmission matrix: T    . If the network is
 C D
reciprocal, then
(A) T1  T (B) T2  T
(C) Determinant (T) = 0 (D) Determinant (T) = 1
Key: (D)
10. A continuous-time sinusoid of frequency 33 Hz is multiplied with a periodic Dirac impulse

train of frequency 46 Hz. The resulting signal is passed through an ideal analog low-pass filter
with a cutoff frequency of 23 Hz. The fundamental frequency (in Hz) of the output is
________.
Key: 13
Exp: Sinusoidal signal frequency = 33
Impulse train frequency = 46
Resultant signal contains spectral frequencies 33,  13,  7.9,  59etc,
Thus if it is passed through ideal LPF of cutoff frequency 23Hz only 13Hz frequency is
filtered out.
 Output signal fundamental frequency = 13 Hz.

66/17
11. A small percentage of impurity is added to an intrinsic semiconductor at 300 K. Which one of
the following statements is true for the energy band diagram shown in the following figure?
(A) Intrinsic semiconductor doped with pentavalent atoms to form n-type semiconductor
(B) Intrinsic semiconductor doped with trivalent atoms to form n-type semiconductor
(C) Intrinsic semiconductor doped with pentavalent atoms to form p-type semiconductor
(D) Intrinsic semiconductor doped with trivalent atoms to form p-type semiconductor
Key: (A)
Exp: New energy level is near to conduction band, so it is pentavalent atoms to form n-type
semiconductor.
12. Consider the following statements for a metal oxide semiconductor field effect transistor
(MOSFET):
P: As channel length reduces, OFF-state current increases.
Q:As channel length reduces, output resistance increases.
R: As channel length reduces, threshold voltage remains constant.

S: As channel length reduces, ON current increases.
Which of the above statements are INCORRECT?
(A) P and Q (B) P and S (C) Q and R (D) R and S
Key: (C)
1
Exp: I so L  IOFF 
L
VDS L
 rd  
I D  n cox w  Vus  Vt  VDS 
so L  rd 
 if the channel length reduces, then threshold voltage also changes

 L  ION 
So option (C) is matching.

77/17
13. Consider the constant current source shown in the figure below. Let  represent the current
gain of the transistor.
The load current I0 through RL is

   1  Vref    Vref
(A) I0    (B) I0   
   R   1 R
   1  Vref    Vref
(C) I0    (D) I0   
   2R    1  2R
Key: (B)
Exp: Voltage at (+) terminal V+ = VCC -Vref
Voltage at the emitter of PNP BJT VE = VCC -Vref
The current IE through R
VCC -(VCC -Vref )
IE =
R
Vref
IE =
R
IC = I0
 β   β  Vref
IC  IE =   I E  IC =I0   
 β+1   β+1  R
14. The following signal Vi of peak voltage 8V is applied to the non-inverting terminal of an ideal
op-amp. The transistor has VBE  0.7V,   100;VLED  1.5V,VCC  10Vand  VCC  10V.

88/17
The number of times the LED glows is ________.

Key: 3
Exp: The voltage at (-) terminated of the OP-Amp
2
V(-)   10=2V
28
The output of the op-Amp goes to +VCC whenever Vi > V(-) i.e Vi > 2V makes BJT turn ON.
So, the LED glows .The sections of the wave form becomes more than 2V for the range [a to b
,(c to d) and (e to f)] So LED glows 3 times.
15. Consider the oscillator circuit shown in the figure. The function of the network (shown in
dotted lines) consisting of the 100k resistor in series with the two diodes connected back-to-
back is to:
(A) Introduce amplitude stabilization by preventing the op amp from saturating and thus
producing sinusoidal oscillations of fixed amplitude
99/17
(B) Introduce amplitude stabilization by forcing the op-amp to swing between positive and
negative saturation and thus producing square wave oscillations of fixed amplitude
(C) Introduce frequency stabilization by forcing the circuit to oscillate at a single frequency
(D) Enable the loop gain to take on a value that produces square wave oscillations
Key: (A)
Exp: When the output voltage is positive the diode D1 is turned on making 100kΩ resistor to
become parallel to 22.1kΩ .So the gain is reduced. When the output voltage becomes negative
the diode D 2 is turned on thereby again 100kΩ resistor to become parallel to 22.1kΩ .So the
gain is reduced. With the use of diodes, the non ideal OP-Amp is made stable to produce
steady
16. The block diagram of a frequency synthesizer consisting of a Phase Locked Loop (PLL) and a
divide-by-𝑁 counter (comprising 2,  4,  8, 16 outputs) is sketched below. The synthesizer is
excited with a 5 kHz signal (Input 1). The free-running frequency of the PLL is set to20 kHz.
Assume that the commutator switch makes contacts repeatedly in the order 1-2-3-4.
The corresponding frequencies synthesized are:

(A) 10 kHz, 20 kHz, 40 kHz, 80 kHz (B) 20 kHz, 40 kHz, 80 kHz, 160 kHz
(C) 80 kHz, 40 kHz, 20 kHz, 10 kHz (D) 160 kHz, 80 kHz, 40 kHz, 20 kHz
Key: (A)
17. The output of the combinational circuit given below is
B C Y
(A) A+B+C (B) A(B+C) (C) B(C+A) (D) C(A+B)

Key: (C)
Exp: x   m(7)
y   m(3,6)
z   m(3,6,7)
10
1010/
17
A x
 ABC  ABC  ABC
 ABC  AB
B z
 B(AC A)
 B(A  C) C y
18. What is the voltage Vout in the following circuit?
(A) 0V (B) V T of PMOS  VT of NMOS 2

(C) Switching threshold of inverter (D) VDD
Key: (C)
Exp: The transfer characteristics of the CMOS inverter is as follows
Vout
VTP +VTN
Va =
2
Va
Vin
VIR VR VIH
Since the inverter is connected in feedback loop formed by connecting 10X resistor between
the output and input, the output goes and stays at the middle of the characteristics
VIR +V IH
Va 
2
Va  Switching threshold of inverter
19. Match the inferences X, Y, and Z, about a system, to the corresponding properties of the
elements of first column in Routh‟s Table of the system characteristic equation.
X: The system is stable … P: … when all elements are positive
Y: The system is unstable … Q: … when any one element is zero

11
1111/
17
Z: The test breaks down … R: … when there is a change in sign of

coefficients
(A) X→P, Y→Q, Z→R (B) X→Q, Y→P, Z→R
(C) X→R, Y→Q, Z→P (D) X→P, Y→R, Z→Q
Key: (D)
20. A closed-loop control system is stable if the Nyquist plot of the corresponding open-loop
transfer function
(A) encircles the s-plane point (−1 + j0) in the counterclockwise direction as many times as the
number of right-half s-plane poles.
(B) encircles the s-plane point (0 − j1) in the clockwise direction as many times as the number
of right-half s-plane poles.
(C) encircles the s-plane point (−1 + j0) in the counterclockwise direction as many times as the
number of left-half s-plane poles.
(D) encircles the s-plane point (−1 + j0) in the counterclockwise direction as many times as the
number of right-half s-plane zeros.
Key: (A)
21. Consider binary data transmission at a rate of 56 kbps using baseband binary pulse amplitude
modulation (PAM) that is designed to have a raised-cosine spectrum. The transmission
bandwidth (in kHz) required for a roll-off factor of 0.25 is __________.
Key: 35
22. A super heterodyne receiver operates in the frequency range of 58 MHz – 68 MHz. The
intermediate frequency f1F and local oscillator frequency fL0 are chosen such that f1F  f L0 . It is
required that the image frequencies fall outside the 58 MHz – 68 MHz band. The minimum
required f1F  in MHz  is _________.
Key: 5
23 The amplitude of a sinusoidal carrier is modulated by a single sinusoid to obtain the amplitude
modulated signal s  t   5cos1600t  20cos1800t  5cos 2000t. The value of the modulation
index is _________.
Key: 0.5
Exp: S(t) = 20 cos 1800 πt + 5cos 1600 πt + 5cos 2000 πt
 A 
= A C 1  m cos 200 πt  cos (1800 πt)
 AC 
AC  20
AC μ 5 2
5 μ =  0.5
2 20
μ = 0.5
24. Concentric spherical shells of radii 2 m, 4 m, and 8 m carry uniform surface charge densities
of 20 nC/m2, −4 nC/m2 and ρs,respectively. The value of ρs (nC/m2) required to ensure that the
 
electric flux density D  0 at radius 10 m is _________.

12
1212/
17
Key: -0.25
Exp: Consider a Gaussian surface a sphere of radius 10m

 
To ensure D  0 at radius 10m, the total charge enclosed by Gaussian surface is zero
Qenc = 0
 20  22  4  42  Ps  82  0  PS  0.25nc m2
25. The propagation constant of a lossy transmission line is (2 + 𝑗5) m−1 and its characteristic
impedance is  50  j0   at   106 rads 1. The values of the line constants L, C, R, G are,
respectively,
(A) L = 200 H m, C = 0.1 H m, R = 50  m, G = 0.02 S/m
(B) L = 250 H m, C = 0.1 H m, R = 100  m, G = 0.04 S/m
(C) L = 200 H m, C = 0.2 H m, R = 100  m, G = 0.02 S/m
(D) L = 250 H m, C = 0.2 H m, R = 50  m, G = 0.04 S/m
Key: (B)
Exp: We know    R  jL G  jL.....(1)
R  jL
z0  ........(2)
G  jL
From (1) and (2) R  jL  Z0    50   2  j5 
 R  100  m & L  250 H m
 2  j5
From (1) and (2) G  jc    G  0.04s m & c  0.1F m
z0 50
1
 x  y  10  dx dy, where D denotes the disc: x 2  y2  4, evaluates to
2  D
26. The integral
_________.
Key: 20
Exp: Method-I:-
1
2 
(x  y 10)dxdy
D

13
1313/
17
1 2 4 x 2
2 x 2 y  4  x 2
 (x  y 10)dxdy
1 2  4 x 2 
 
2 2  2
0
(x  10)  0  dx

1 2
  (x  10)(y)0 4  x dx
2
2 2
1 2

  x 4  x 2  10 4  x 2 dx
 2

 0  10  2  4  x 2 dx 
1 2
 0 
2
20  x 4  x 
  4  x 2  sin 1   
 2 2  2 0
20    
  0  2     20
   2 
Method-II:-
1 1 2 2
  x  y  10dxdy  r 0 0 r(cos   sin )  10rdrd
2 D 2
(changing into polar coordinates by x=rcos ,
y  rsin   dxdy  r drd and r  0to2,   0to 2]
1 2
 r  sin   cos    10 r.dr
2 r 0 

0
1   r2  
2
  20     20
2   2 0 

27. A sequence x[n] is specified as

 x  n   1 1  1 
n
      , for n  2.
 x n  1 1 0 0
The initial conditions are x[0] = 1, x[1] = 1, and x[n] = 0 for n < 0. The value of x[12] is
________.
Key: 233
28. In the following integral, the contour C encloses the points 2πj and −2πj
1 sin z
  
2  z  2j3
C
dz
The value of the integral is __________

Key: -133.87
1 sin z 1 f ''(2 j)
Exp:   dz    2j  (by cauchy integral formula)
2 c  z  2j3 2 2!

14
1414/
17
f (z)  sin z
f (z)  cos z
f (z)   sin z
1 sin z 1   sin 2j  1
 

2 C  z  2j 3
dz    2j 
2  2
   sinh 2  133.87
 2
29. The region specified by 

 
,  z  : 3    5,    ,3  z  4.5 in cylindrical coordinates
8 4 
has volume of ___________.
Key: 4.71
5 π/4 4.5
Exp: Volume =    d
3 π/8 3
d dz=4.71
30. The Laplace transform of the causal periodic square wave of period T shown in the figure
below is
1 1
(A) F  s   (B) F  s  
1  e  sT 2
s 1 e 
sT
2 
1 1
(C) F  s   (D) F  s  
s 1  esT  1  e  sT
Key: (B)
1 
ST
Exp: Laplace transition of one cycle of f  t   1  e 2 
S 
 Laplace transform of causal periodic square wave given in f(t) is,
1  1 
 ST  ST
1  e  1  e 
2 2
s  S  1
Fs  
1  e   ST

1  e

ST
2

1  e
 ST
2


  ST
S 1  e 2 

    
31. A network consisting of a finite number of linear resistor (R), inductor (L), and capacitor (C)
elements, connected all in series or all in parallel, is excited with a source of the form
3
a
k 1
k cos  k0 t , where a k  0, 0  0.
The source has nonzero impedance. Which one of the following is a possible form of the
output measured across a resistor in the network?

15
1515/
17
3 4
(A) b
k 1
k cos  k0 t  k  , where b k  a k , k (B) b
k 1
k cos  k0 t  k  , where bk  a k , k
3 2
(C)  a k cos  k0 t  k 
k 1
(D) a
k 1
k cos  k0 t  k 
Key: (A)
Exp: The property of any LTI system or network is if the excitation contains „n‟ number of different
frequency then the response also contains exactly n number of different frequency term and the
output frequency and input frequency must be same however depending on components there
is a possible change in amplitude and phase but never the frequency.
3
 If the source has 3 frequency terms as given a
k 1
k cos k0 t then any voltage or any current
of any element should have also 3 terms based on this option (B) and (D) are eliminated.
 If we take option (C). It has 3 frequency term but it also suggest there is a phase change so
k but amplitude must be same as input as ak is present which may not be true always.
 So option (A) is correct, as it suggest frequency term of output and inputs are same with
possible change in amplitude and phase, because we have (bk and k ).
.32 A first-order low-pass filter of time constant T is excited with different input signals (with zero
initial conditions up to t = 0). Match the excitation signals X, Y, Z with the corresponding time
responses for t ≥ 0:
X: Impulse P :1  e t T
 t

Y: Unit step Q: t  T 1  e T 
 
Z :Ramp R: e t T
(A) X→R, Y→Q, Z→P (B) X→Q, Y→P, Z→R
(C) X→R, Y→P, Z→Q (D) X→P, Y→R, Z→Q
Key: (C)
k
Exp:  In general the first order, L.P.F filter transfer function is G  s   because G(0) = k
1  s
and G    , if we take this transfer function as reference and give different input such as
s(t).r(t).u(t)
 if input is s(t)
k k
Y s   X s   1
1  s 1  s
 y  t   ke t 
 if input is u(t)
 K1 1  e t  
k
Y s 
s 1  s 
 if input is r(t)

16
1616/
17
K K K K3
Y s   1  22 
s 1  s  s
2 2
s 1  s
Y  t   k1 u  t   k 2 u  t   k 3 e  t 2
XR
YP
ZQ
33. An AC voltage source V = 10 sin(t) volts is applied to the following network. Assume that
R1  3k,R 2  6k and R 3  9k, and that the diode is ideal.
RMS current Irms (in mA) through the diode is _________.

Key: 0.68 to 0.72
34. In the circuit shown in the figure,

the maximum power (in watt) delivered to the resistor R is _________.
Key: 0.8
Exp: To find maximum power transferred to load we need to obtain thevenin equivalent of the
circuit
 obtaining VOC
3k 10k
 
5V  2k V0  V0C
 
100V0 40k
 

17
1717/
17
2
V0  5  2V
3 2
40 4
V0C  100V0   100  2  160V
10  40 5
 obtaining ISC
3k 10k

5V  2k V0  ISC
 
100V0 40k

2
V0  5  2V
3 2
100 V0 200
ISC    20 mA
10 10
V 160
 R in  oc   8k
ISC 20
8k
 so the network is
160V R  8k
 for MPT R = 8k
V2n 1602
Pmcr    0.8 watt.
4R  n  4  8   103
35. Consider the signal

x n  6n  2  3n  1  8n   7n 1  4n  2
If X  e j  is the discrete-time Fourier transform of x[n], Then X  e j  sin 2  2 d is equal

1 
 
to _________
Key: 8
Exp: Consider
   
 1  cos 4 
x  e j  sin 2 2 d   x  e j   x  e j  d   x  e  cos 4 d
1 1 1 1
 
j
 d
     2  2  2 

x  e j  cos 4 d  0
1
 for the given x  n 
2 

x  e j  d   x  0 
1
 
2 

 x  e  sin 2 d  8
1 j 2
 
18
1818/
17
36. Consider a silicon p-n junction with a uniform acceptor doping concentration of 1017 cm−3 on
the p- side and a uniform donor doping concentration of 1016 cm−3on the n-side. No external
voltage is applied to the diode. Given: kT q  26mV,
n i  1.5 1010 cm3 , Si  120 , 0  8.85 1014 F m, and q  1.6 1019 C.
The charge per unit junction area (nC cm−2) in the depletion region on the p-side is
__________.
Key: -47 to -49
37. Consider an n-channel metal oxide semiconductor field effect transistor (MOSFET) with a
W
gate-to source voltage of 1.8 V. Assume that  4,  N Cox  70  106 AV 2 , the threshold
L
voltage is 0.3V, and the channel length modulation parameter is 0.09 V −1. In the saturation
region, the drain conductance (in micro seimens) is ________.
Key: 28.47
1 W
I DS   n Cox  VGS  VT  1  VDS 
2
Exp:
2 L
dI DS 1 W
g dS     n C0   VGS  VT   0.09  0.5  70  106  4 1.8  0.3  28.476 s
2 2
dVDS 2 L
38. The figure below shows the doping distribution in a p-type semiconductor in log scale.
The magnitude of the electric field (in kV/cm) in the semiconductor due to non uniform
doping is_________
Key: 1.10 to 1.25
39. Consider a silicon sample at T=300K, with a uniform donor density

Nd  5 1016 cm3 illuminated uniformly such that the optical generation rate
is G opt  1.5  1020 cm 3s 1 throughout the sample. The incident radiation is turned off at 𝑡=0.
Assume low-level injection to be valid and ignore surface effects. The carrier lifetimes are
p0  0.1s and n 0  0.5 s.
The hole concentration at t = 0 and the hole concentration at t  0.3s, respectively, are
(A) 1.5  1013 cm3 and 7.47 1011 cm3 (B) 1.5  1013 cm3 and8.23 1011 cm3

19
1919/
17
(C) 7.5 1013 cm3 and3.73  1011 cm3 (D) 7.5 1013 cm3 and 4.12  1011 cm3
Key: (A)
n i2 2.25  1020
Exp: Pn0    0.5  104 cc
ND 5 10 16
 P  Gp0  1.5  1020  106  0.1 1.5  103 cc
P  t   p e
 t p
P  t   P  t   Pn 0  P  t 
P  0   P  1.5  1013 cc
P  t  3  7.47  1011 cc
40. An ideal op-amp has voltage sources V1, V3, V5, …, VN-1 connected to the non-inverting input
and V2,V4, V6, …, VN connected to the inverting input as shown in the figure below (+VCC= 15
volt,−VCC= −15 volt). The voltages V1, V2, V3, V4, V5, V6,… are 1, − 1/2, 1/3, −1/4, 1/5,
−1/6,… volt, respectively. As N approaches infinity, the output voltage (in volt) is ________.
Key: 15
41. A p-i-n photodiode of responsivity 0.8A/W is connected to the inverting input of an ideal op-
amp as shown in the figure, +Vcc = 15 V, −Vcc = −15V, Load resistor R L  10k. If
10 W of power is incident on the photodiode, then the value of the photocurrent (in A )
through the load is _________.
Key: 790 to 810

20
2020/
17
42. Identify the circuit below.
(A) Binary to Gray code converter (B) Binary to XS3 converter

(C) Gray to Binary converter (D) XS3 to Binary converter
Key: (A)
Exp: As we know in a decoder w.r.t any binary input combination the corresponding output pin is
high and remaining low.
 Similarly to the encoder one input is high among all and its equivalent binary combination
is available at output.
 In this case to identify the functionality, let give some arbitrary binary input and observe
the output.
 Let [X2 X1 X0] is [1 0 1] respectively then OP5 = 1 = IP7 then [Y2 Y1 Y0] is [1 0 1]
 If [X2 X1 X0] is [1 1 1] then [OP7 = IP5 = 1] so [Y2 Y1 Y0 = 101]
[X2 X1 X0] is [1 0 0] then [OP4 = IP6 = 1] so [Y2 Y1 Y0 = 110]
 From the above we can say that
If input 101 then output is 101
101 101
110 110
So input binary and output gray.
43. The functionality implemented by the circuit below is
(A) 2-to-1 multiplexer (B) 4-to-1 multiplexer

(C) 7-to-1 multiplexer (D) 6-to-1 multiplexer

21
2121/
17
Key: (B)
Exp: Decoder inputs will behaves as MUX select lines and when the output of decoder is high then
only corresponding buffer will be enable and passed the inputs (P,Q,R,S) to the outpuut line,
so it will work as 4-to-1 multiplexer.
44. In an 8085 system, a PUSH operation requires more clock cycles than a POP operation. Which
one of the following options is the correct reason for this?
(A) For POP, the data transceivers remain in the same direction as for instruction fetch
(memory to processor), whereas for PUSH their direction has to be reversed.
(B) Memory write operations are slower than memory read operations in an 8085 based
system. (C) The stack pointer needs to be pre-decremented before writing registers in a
PUSH, whereas a
POP operation uses the address already in the stack pointer.
(D) Order of registers has to be interchanged for a PUSH operation, whereas POP uses their
natural order.
Key: (C)
Exp: In push operation 3 cycles involved: 6T+3T+3T = 127
POP operation 3 cycle involved: 4T+3T+3T = 107
So in the opcode fetch cycle 2T states are extra in case of push compared to POP and this is
needed to decrement the SP.
45. The open-loop transfer function of a unity-feedback control system is

K
G s  2
s  5s  5
The value of K at the breakaway point of the feedback control system‟s root-locus plot is
_____________
Key: 1.25
dk
Exp: In this first we need to find the break point by finding the root of  0 and then by using
ds
magnitude condition value of k can be obtained.
k
G(s)  2
s  5s  5
k    s 2  5s  s 
dk
0
ds
 2s  5  0  s  2.5
 Applying magnitude condition G  s   1
k
1
s  5s  5 s 2.5
2
 k 
  1
  2.5  5x  2.5    5 
2
k
 1
6.25  12.5  5
k
  1  k  1.25
1.25

22
2222/
17
46. The open-loop transfer function of a unity-feedback control system is given by
K
G s  . For the peak overshoot of the closed-loop system to a unit step input to be
s s  2
10%, the value of K is __________.
Key: 2.86
Exp: K = 2.86
Peak over shoot 10%


12
e  0.1
2
  
    ln 0.1
2
 1   
2
2
1  2   
 2  
  ln 0.1 
2
1   
 2 1  
  ln 0.1 
1
  2.86
2
1
 2   0.34
2.86
   0.59
 The characteristic equation of above transfer function is s2+2s+k = 0
Comparing with standard equation s2  2n s  2n  0
 2 k  2
2
 k
2
2
2 1
 k     2  2.86
 2  
k  2.86
47. The transfer function of a linear time invariant system is given by H  s   2s 4  5s3  5s  2
The number of zeros in the right half of the s-plane is __________.

Key: 3

23
2323/
17
Exp: We can proceed here by taking this polynomial as characteristic equation and conclusion can
be draw by using RH criterion. As we are interested to know how many roots are lying on
right half of s plane.
s4 2 0 -2
s3 -5 +5 0
s2 2 -2 since row of zero


occurs the auxillary
equation is

A. :2s 2  2
d
 At   4
ds
s1 4 0
s0 -2
 The number of roots i.e. the number of zeros in this case in right half of plane is number of
sign changes
 Number of sign changes = 3
48. Consider a discrete memoryless source with alphabet S  s 0 ,s1 ,s 2 ,s3 ,s 4 ,... and respective
1 1 1 1 1 
probabilities of occurrence P   , , , , ,..... The entropy of the source (in bits) is
 2 4 8 16 32 
___________.
Key: 2
 i  i  i
1 1 1
Exp: H =    log 2 (2i )   i   log 2 2   i  
i =1  2  i =1  2  i =1  2 
1
a
2
  
d d   a 1/ 2
  i a i -1+1  a  i a i -1  a  (a i )  a  a i   2
  2bits
i =1 i =1 i =1 da da  i =1  (1-a) 1/ 4
49. A digital communication system uses a repetition code for channel encoding/decoding. During
transmission, each bit is repeated three times (0 is transmitted as 000, and 1 is transmitted as
111). It is assumed that the source puts out symbols independently and with equal probability.
The decoder operates as follows: In a block of three received bits, if the number of zeros
exceeds the number of ones, the decoder decides in favor of a 0, and if the number of one‟s
exceeds the number of zeros, the decoder decides in favor of a 1. Assuming a binary
symmetric channel with crossover probability p = 0.1, the average probability of error is
________.
Key: 0.028

24
2424/
17
Exp: Cross over Probability P = 0.1

X = number of errors
1 1
P(error) = P ( x  2 ooo sent )  P ( x  2 111 sent )
2 2
1  3   3 0
 2    (0.1) 2 (0.9)1 + 3
  (0.1) (0.9) 
2  2   
3 
27 1 28
= 3(0.01)(0.9)  (0.1) 3 = + =  0.028
1000 1000 1000
50. An analog pulse s(t) is transmitted over an additive white Gaussian noise (AWGN) channel.
The received signal is r(t) = s(t) + n(t), where n(t) is additive white Gaussian noise with power
spectral
N0
Density . The received signal is passed through a filter with impulse response h(t). Let E s
2
and Eh denote the energies of the pulse s(t) and the filter h(t), respectively. When the signal-to-
noise ratio (SNR) is maximized at the output of the filter (SNR max), which of the following
holds?
2ES ES
(A) ES  E h ;SNR max  (B) ES  E h ;SNR max 
N0 2N0
2ES 2E h
(C) ES  E h ;SNR max  (D) ES  E h ;SNR max 
N0 N0
Key: (A)
Exp: r(t) = S(t) + n(t)
t
rS (t) =  s (u) h (t-u) du
0
t
rn (t) =  n (u) h (t-u) du
0
2
t 
2   s (u) h (t-u) du 
SNR = S 2 =  0 t 
y (t)
E[yS (t] No
2 0
h 2 (t-u) du
By CS in equality ( if h (t – u) =CS(u))
t
 s (u) du
2
2ES
SNR opt = 0

No No
2
2ES
SNR opt  if E n  ES
No

25
2525/
17
51. The current density in a medium is given by

 400sin 
J a r Am 2
2  r 2  4 
The total current and the average current density flowing through the portion of a spherical
 
surface r = 0.8 m,    , 0    2 are given, respectively, by
12 4
(A) 15.09 A, 12.86 Am-2 (B) 18.73 A, 13.65 Am-2
(C) 12.86 A, 9.23 Am-2 (D) 10.28 A, 7.56 Am-2
Key: (A)
52. An antenna pointing in a certain direction has a noise temperature of 50K. The ambient
temperature is 290 K. The antenna is connected to a pre-amplifier that has a noise figure of 2
dB and an available gain of 40 dB over an effective bandwidth of 12 MHz. The effective input
noise temperature Te for the amplifier and the noise power Paoat the output of the preamplifier,
respectively, are
(A) Te  169.36K and Pa0  3.73 1010 W (B) Te  1.36K and Pa0  3.73 1010 W
(C) Te  182.5K and Pa0  3.85 1010 W (D) Te  160.62K and Pa0  4.6  1010 W
Key: (A)
53. Two lossless X-band horn antennas are separated by a distance of 200λ. The amplitude
reflection coefficients at the terminals of the transmitting and receiving antennas are 0.15 and
0.18, respectively. The maximum directivities of the transmitting and receiving antennas (over
the isotropic antenna) are 18 dB and 22 dB, respectively. Assuming that the input power in the
lossless transmission line connected to the antenna is 2 W, and that the antennas are perfectly
aligned and polarization matched, the power (in mW) delivered to the load at the receiver is
_______.
Key: 3
54 The electric field of a uniform plane wave travelling along the negative z direction is given by
the following equation:
 i
 
E w  a x  ja y E 0 e jkz
This wave is incident upon a receiving antenna placed at the origin and whose radiated electric
field towards the incident wave is given by the following equation:

 1

E a  a x  2a y E I e  jkr
r
The polarization of the incident wave, the polarization of the antenna and losses due to the
polarization mismatch are, respectively,
(A) Linear, Circular (clockwise), −5dB (B) Circular (clockwise), Linear, −5dB
(C) Circular (clockwise), Linear, −3dB (D) Circular (anti clockwise), Linear, −3dB
Key: (C)

26
2626/
17
55. The far-zone power density radiated by a helical antenna is approximated as:
  1
W rad  W average  a r C0 2 cos 4 
r
The radiated power density is symmetrical with respect to  and exists only in the upper

hemisphere: 0    ;0    2; C0 is a constant. The power radiated by the antenna (in
2
watts) and the maximum directivity of the antenna, respectively, are
(A) 1.5C0, 10dB (B) 1.256C0, 10Db (C) 1.256C0, 12dB (D) 1.5C0, 12dB
Key: (B)
 2 2
Exp: Prad   W
 0  0
rad r 2 sin  d  d 
 2 2
C0
  
 0  0
r 2
cos 4  r 2 sin  d  d 
2
 cos2  2
 C0  .2 C0  1.256C0
5 0
5
C0
max  Wrad  r2 4
Max.directivity   4r  2
 4r 2   10
Prad 1.256C0 1.256
Max. directivity in dB = 10 log 10 = 10 dB.

27
2727/
17
General Aptitude
1. Based on the given statements, select the appropriate option with respect to grammar and
usage.
Statements
(i) The height of Mr. X is 6 feet.
(ii) The height of Mr. Y is 5 feet.
(A) Mr. X is longer than Mr. Y.

(B) Mr. X is more elongated than Mr. Y.
(C) Mr. X is taller than Mr. Y.
(D) Mr. X is lengthier than Mr. Y.
Key: (C)
2. The students ________the teacher on teachers‟ day for twenty years of dedicated teaching.
(A) facilitated (B) felicitated
(C) fantasized (D) facilitated
Key: (B)
3. After India‟s cricket world cup victory in 1985, Shrotria who was playing both tennis and
cricket till then, decided to concentrate only on cricket. And the rest is history.
What does the underlined phrase mean in this context?
(A) history will rest in peace (B) rest is recorded in history books
(C) rest is well known (D) rest is archaic
Key: (C)
Given  9 inches    0.25 yards  2 , which one of the following statements is TRUE?
1 1
2
4.
(A) 3 inches = 0.5 yards (B) 9 inches = 1.5 yards
(C) 9 inches = 0.25 yards (D) 81 inches = 0.0625 yards
Key: (C)
1 1
Exp:  9 inches  2   0.25 yards  2
Squaring on both sides
9 inches = 0.25 yards
5. S, M, E and F are working in shifts in a team to finish a project. M works with twice the
efficiency of others but for half as many days as E worked. S and M have 6 hour shifts in a
day, whereas E and F have 12 hours shifts. What is the ratio of contribution of M to
contribution of E in the project?
(A) 1:1 (B) 1:2 (C) 1:4 (D) 2:1
Key: (B)

11/11
1/14

6. The Venn diagram shows the preference of the student population for leisure activities.
From the data given, the number of students who like to read books or play sports is _______.
(A) 44 (B) 51 (C) 79 (D) 108
Key: (D)
Exp: From Venn diagram
n(A)  no of persons reading books  13  44  12  7  76
n(B)  no of persons playing  15  44  7  17  83
n(A  B)  51
n(A  B)  n(A)  n(B)  n(A  B)
 76  83  51  108
7. Social science disciplines were in existence in an amorphous form until the colonial period
when they were institutionalized. In varying degrees, they were intended to further the colonial
interest. In the time of globalization and the economic rise of postcolonial countries like India,
conventional ways of knowledge production have become obsolete.
Which of the following can be logically inferred from the above statements?
(i) Social science disciplines have become obsolete.
(ii) Social science disciplines had a pre-colonial origin.
(iii) Social science disciplines always promote colonialism.
(iv) Social science must maintain disciplinary boundaries.
(A) (ii) only (B) (i) and (iii) only (C) (ii) and (iv) only (D) (iii) and (iv) only
Key: (A)
8. Two and a quarter hours back, when seen in a mirror, the reflection of a wall clock without
number markings seemed to show 1:30. What is the actual current time shown by the clock?
(A) 8:15 (B) 11:15 (C) 12:15 (D) 12:45
Key: (D)

22/12
2/14
Exp: If reflection is seen as
1: 30
Actual will be
10 : 30
Thus present time will be 10 : 30  2 :15 12: 45

9. M and N start from the same location. M travels 10 km East and then 10 km North-East. N
travels 5 km South and then 4 km South-East. What is the shortest distance (in km) between M
and N at the end of their travel?
(A) 18.60 (B) 22.50 (C) 20.61 (D) 25.00
Key: (C)
10. A wire of length 340 mm is to be cut into two parts. One of the parts is to be made into a
square and the other into a rectangle where sides are in the ratio of 1:2. What is the length of
the side of the square (in mm) such that the combined area of the square and the rectangle is a
MINIMUM?
(A) 30 (B) 40 (C) 120 (D) 180
Key: (B)
 x 2x 
Exp: Perimeter of rectangle  2     2x x 2 x/ 3
3 3 
Perimeter of square  340  2x
x x/ 3
340  2x
Length of square 
4
Square Rectangle
 340  2x  2 2
2
Totalarea     x  f (x)
 4  9
4 2x  340
f '(x)  x 0
9 4
4 1
 x   340  2x   x  90
9 4
340  2x
Length of square   40 mm
4

33/13
3/14

3 2 4 
1. 
The value of x for which the matrix A   9 7 13  has zero as an eigenvalue is
 6 4 9  x 
_________.
Key: 1
Exp: One of the eigen values zero implies determinant of matrix is also zero.
From the matrix A, we can see that for determinant to be zero,

Row 1 and Row 3 can be made same.
9  x
  4
2
 x 1
Consider the complex valued function f  z   2z3  z where z is a complex variable.

3
2.
The value of b for which the function f(z) is analytic is __________.

Key: 0
Exp: let f(z)  u  i v
2z3 +b z  u  i v
3
 2(x+i y)3 +b(x 2 +y2 )3/2  u  i v
 2(x 3 +3x 2i y-3xy2 -iy3 ]+b(x 2  y 2 )3/2  u  i v
 u  2(x 3 -3xy 2 )  b(x 2  y 2 )3/2
v  6x 2 y-2y3
u
 6x 2 -6y 2 +3bx(x 2 +y 2 )1/ 2
x
u
 12xy+3by(x 2 +y2 )1/2
y
v v
 12xy  6x 2 - 6y 2
x x
u v
f(z) is analytic  
x y
u v
 
y x
C-R equations hold for only b = 0

44/14
4/14
3. As x varies from −1 to +3, which one of the following describes the behavior of the
function f  x   x3  3x 2  1?
(A) f(x) increase monotonically
(B) f(x) increases, then decreases and increases again
(C) f(x) decreases, then increases and decreases again
(D) f(x) increases and then decreases
Key: (B)
Exp: We can plot for various valve of x
f x
1
2 3 x
f  x  increases, decreases and again increases.
4. How many distinct values of x satisfy the equation sin(x) = x/2, where x is in radians?
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4 or more
Key: (C)
x
Exp: let y=sinx, y  be two curves
2
x x
The solutions of sin x  are intersected points of two curves y  sin x and y 
2 2
x
y
2A 2
2  0  2
y  1
y  sin x
Therefore three points they are intersecting.

55/15
5/14
5. Consider the time-varying vector 1  x15cosˆ  t   y5sin

ˆ  t  in Cartesian coordinates,
where   0 is a constant. When the vector magnitude |I| is at its minimum value, the
angle  that I makes with the 𝑥 axis (in degrees, such that 0    180 ) is _________.
Key: 900
Exp: E  15cos  t  xˆ  5sin  t  yˆ
5
The minimum magnitude will be 5
At „5‟ magnitude angle is 90o.
15
6. In the circuit shown below, 𝑉𝑆 is a constant voltage source and ILis a constant current load.
The value of IL that maximizes the power absorbed by the constant current load is
Vs Vs Vs
(A) (B) (C) (D) 
4R 2R R
Key: (B)
Vth
Exp: Under maximum power transfer condition, half of Vth is droped across Rth and remaining
2
droped across load.
V
Vs Vs  s
 So we can say under MPT will appear on the load so IL  2  Vs
2 R 2R
7. The switch has been in position 1for a long time and abruptly changes to position 2 at= 0.
If time t is in seconds, the capacitor voltage VC (in volts) for t>0 is given by
(A) 4 1  exp   t 0.5  (B) 10  6 exp   t 0.5
(C) 4 1  exp  t 0.6  (D) 10  6exp   t 0.6 
Key: (D)
Exp:  At t  0 switch in position 1 and since the capacitor is open circuited

66/16
6/14
VC 0   2
23
10  4V
 at t = infinity switch is in position 2 and since capacitor is open circuited

VC      5  2  10V
 Time constant   R th C   4  2  0.1  0.6sec
 VC  t   VC    VC  0  VC    e t   10  4  10e t 0.6  10  6e t 0.6
8. The figure shows an RLC circuit with a sinusoidal current source.
At resonance, the ratio IL IR , i.e., the ratio of the magnitudes of the inductor current phasor
and the resistor current phasor, is ___________.
Key: 0.316
Exp: At resonance,
IL Q Im
 Q
IR Im
C 10  106
For parallel circuits Q  R  10  0.316
L 10  103
9. The z-parameter matrix for the two-port network shown is

 2 j j 
 j  3  2 j  ,
 
Where the entries are in  .
suppose Zb  j  R b  j.
Then the value of R b  in   equals to __________
Key: 3
 Z  Zc Zc 
Zmatrix   a
Zb  Zc 
Exp:
 Zc
Z b  Z c  3  2 j
Z c  j
 Z b  3  j
 Rb  3

77/17
7/14
sin  4 t 
10. The energy of the signal x t    is __________.
4t
Key: 0.25
sin(4t) F.T 1
Exp:   4
(4  1)
 Energy (using parseval‟s identity)
2
12 1 2 2 f
    df   0.25
 
2 4 4
11. The Ebers-Moll model of a BJT is valid

(A) only in active mode (B) only in active and saturation modes
(C) only in active and cut-off modes (D) in active, saturation and cut-off modes
Key: (D)
12 A long-channel NMOS transistor is biased in the linear region with VDS  50mV and is used
as a resistance. Which one of the following statements is NOT correct?
(A) If the device width W is increased, the resistance decreases.
(B) If the threshold voltage is reduced, the resistance decreases.
(C) If the device length L is increased, the resistance increases.
(D) If VGS is increased, the resistance increases.
Key: (D)
1
Exp: R on 
k n  VGS  Vt 
W
k n   n cox .
L
L
So, R on 
 n cox .W  VGS  Vt 
13. Assume that the diode in the figure has Von  0.7V,
but is otherwise ideal. The magnitude of the current
i2 (in mA) is equal to __________.
Key: 0.25
Exp: Diode is the OFF state
2
I2   0.25mA
8k

88/18
8/14
14. Resistor R1 in the circuit below figure has been adjusted so that I1 = 1 mA. The bipolar
transistors Q1 andQ2 are perfectly matched and have very high current gain, so their base
currents are negligible. The supply voltage Vcc is 6 V. The thermal voltage kT/q is 26 mV.
The value of R2(in Ω) for which I2 =100 µA is ___________.

Key: 575.6
VBE
Exp: I1  Is e VT
0.7
1m  Is e 25m , Vt  25m
Is  6.914  1016
0.7  I 2 R 2
I 2  Is e 25mv
0.7  I 2 R 2
 25.69
25m
I 2 R 2  0.057
R 2  575.6 
15. Which one of the following statements is correct about an ac-coupled common-emitter
amplifier operating in the mid-band region?
(A) The device parasitic capacitances behave like open circuits, whereas coupling and by pass
capacitances behave like short circuits.
(B) The device parasitic capacitances, coupling capacitances and bypass capacitances behave
like open circuits.
(C) The device parasitic capacitances, coupling capacitances and bypass capacitances behave
like short circuits.
(D) The device parasitic capacitances behave like short circuits, whereas coupling and bypass
capacitances behave like open circuits.
Key: (A)
16. Transistor geometries in a CMOS inverter have been adjusted to meet the requirement for
worst case charge and discharge times for driving a load capacitor C. This design is to be
converted to that of a NOR circuit in the same technology, so that its worst case charge and
discharge times while driving the same capacitor are similar. The channel lengths of all
transistors are to be kept unchanged. Which one of the following statements is correct?

99/19
9/14
(A) Widths of PMOS transistors should be doubled, while widths of NMOS transistors should
be halved.
(B) Widths of PMOS transistors should be doubled, while widths of NMOS transistors should
not be changed.
(C) Widths of PMOS transistors should be halved, while widths of NMOS transistors should
not be changed.
(D) Widths of PMOS transistors should be unchanged, while widths of NMOS
transistorsshould be halved.
Key: (B)
17. Assume that all the digital gates in the circuit shown in the figure are ideal, the
resistor R  10k and the supply voltage is 5V. The D flip-flops D1, D2, D3, D4 and D5 are
initialized with logicvalues 0,1,0,1 and 0, respectively. The clock has a 30% duty cycle.
The average power dissipated (in mW) in the resistor R is __________.

Key: 1.45 to 1.55
18. A 4:1 multiplexer is to be used for generating the output carry of a

full adder. A and B are the bits to be added while Cin is the input
carry and Cout is the output carry. A and B are to be used as the
select bits with A being the more significant select bit.
Which one of the following statements correctly describes the choice of signals to be
connected to the inputs I0, I1, I2 and I3 so that the output is Cout?
(A) I0=0, I1 =Cin, I2 =Cinand I3 =1
(B) I0=1, I1 =Cin, I2 =Cin and I3 =1
(C) I0=Cin, I1 =0, I2 =1and I3 =Cin
(D) I0=0, I1 =Cin, I2 =1 and I3 =Cin
Key: (A)

10
1010/
11010
Exp:
A B Cin C out
0 0 0 0
0 0 1 0
0 1 0 0
0 1 1 1
1 0 0 0
1 0 1 1
1 1 0 1
1 1 1 1
 I0  A  0, B  0   0
I1  A 0  0, B  1  Cin
I 2  A 0  1, B  0   Cin
I3  A 0  1, B  1  1
s2
19. The response of the system G  s   to the unit step input u(t) is y(t).
 s  1 s  3
dy
The value of at t = 0+ is _________.
dt
Key: 1
s2 3 5 1
Exp: G s   
 s  1 s  3 2  s  1 2 s  3
dy  t  3 5
 g  t   e t  e3t
dt 2 2
dy  t  5 3
  1
dt t 01 2 2
20. The number and direction of encirclements around the point −1 + 𝑗0 in the complex plane by
1 s
the Nyquist plot of G  s   is
4  2s
(A) zero (B) one, anti-clockwise
(C) one, clockwise (D) two, clockwise.
Key: (A)
1  j
Exp: G( j) 
4  2j
  0, Gj  0.25, G( j)  0
  , G( j)  0.5, G( j)  180o
  180o 0.5 0

1
N=0

11
1111/
11111
21. A discrete memoryless source has an alphabet {a1, a2, a3, a4] with corresponding

1 1 1 1

probabilities , , , . The minimum required average codeworld length in bits to represent
2 4 8 8
this source for error-free reconstruction is _________.
Key: 1.75
Exp: The minimum average code word length is also equal to Entropy of source.
1 1 1 1
H s  log 2 2  log 2 4  log 2 8  log 2 8  1.75 bits
2 4 8 8
22. A speech signal is sampled at 8 kHz and encoded into PCM format using 8 bits/sample. The
PCM data is transmitted through a baseband channel via 4-level PAM. The minimum
bandwidth (in kHz) required for transmission is __________.
Key: 16
Exp: Data rate = rb = 64 kbps
M=4
1
Minimum bandwidth = = 16 KHZ
2T
1 1
T = Tb .log 2 M  .2 
64  10 3
32  103
23. A uniform and constant magnetic field B  zB ˆ exists in the ẑ direction in vacuum. A particle of
mass m with a small charge q is introduced into this region with an initial
velocity v  xˆ  x  zˆ z . Given that B, m, q, vx and vz are all non-zero, which one of the
following describes the eventualtrajectory of the particle?
(A) Helical motion in the ẑ direction. (B) Circular motion in the xy plane.
(C) Linear motion in the ẑ direction. (D) Linear motion in the x̂ direction.
Key: (A)
Exp: Force due to B on q is
F  q  V  B   q  Vx VB    yˆ 
 Helical motion in z-direction.
24. Let the electric field vector of a plane electromagnetic wave propagating in a homogenous
medium be expressed as E  xE ˆ x e  j t z  , where the propagation constant  is a function of the
angular frequency . Assume that     and Ex are known and are real. From the information
available,which one of the following CANNOT be determined?
(A) The type of polarization of the wave.
(B) The group velocity of the wave.
(C) The phase velocity of the wave.
(D) The power flux through the z = 0 plane.
Key: (D)
12
1212/
11212
Exp: Option (A): The polarization is linear
C
Option (B): Vg 
p

Option (C): Vp 

Option (D): It is not possible to find the intrinsic impedance of the medium. So it is not
possible to find power flux.
25. Light from free space is incident at an angle i to the normal of the facet of a step-index large
core optical fibre. The core and cladding refractive indices are n1  1.5 and n2 = 1.4,
respectively.
The maximum value of i (in degrees) for which the incident light will be guided in the core of
the fibre is ___________.
Key: 32.58
i  sin 1 n 22  n12  sin 1 1.5  1.4   sin 1 0.29  32.58

2 2
Exp:
26. The ordinary differential equation

dx
 3x  2, with x  0   1
dt
is to be solved using the forward Euler method. The largest time step that can be used to solve
theequation without making the numerical solution unstable is__________.
Key: 0.66
27. Suppose C is the closed curve defined as the circle x 2  y2  1 with C oriented anti-clockwise.
  xy dx  x ydy  over the curve C equals __________.

The value of  2 2
Key: 0
Exp: By Green‟s theorem
 N M 
 Mdx+N dy =   x R
-  dxdy
y 
 xy dx+x y dy = (2xy - 2xy)dx dy  0

2 2

13
1313/
11313
28. Two random variables X and Y are distributed according to
 x  y  , 0  x  1, 0  y  1
f X,Y  x, y   
 0, otherwise
The probability P  X  Y  1 is ____________.

Key: 0.333
Exp: P x  y  1
 P x  1  y
1 1 x

0 0
 f  x, y  dx dy
xy
 
1 1 x
     x  y  dy  dx
0 0 
Solving we get
P x  y  1  1 / 3  0.333
a 0 3 7
2 5 1 3 
29. The matrix A   has det(A) = 100 and trace(A) = 14.
0 0 2 4
 
0 0 0 b
The value of a  b is ___________.

Key: 3
Exp: Solving for determinant
ab = 10
Solving for trace (Sum of diagonal elements)
a+b=7
 a  5,b  2
or
a  2, b  5
 ab 3
30. In the given circuit, each resistor has a value equal to 1 Ω.

14
1414/
11414
What is the equivalent resistance across the terminals a and b?

(A) 1/6 Ω (B) 1/3 Ω (C) 9/20 Ω (D) 8/15 Ω
Key: (D)
Exp: Let assume all resistance as R, then by using start-delta transformation
R
R R
R 4R
R  R 3
R 4R
R 4R 3
3
R R
4R
5
R
4R
A
5
 R 4R 
4R
R
4R
5
4R 8R 32R 2 5 8R
 R ab      as R  1
5 5 25 12R 15
8
R ab  .
15
31. In the circuit shown in the figure, the magnitude of the current (in amperes) through R2 is_
Key: 5
Exp: Let current through R1  I.
Vx
 I  0.04Vx 
5
Vx Vx 4Vx
I  
5 25 25
Applying KVL,

15
1515/
11515
4Vx V
60  5  8 x
25 5
12Vx
60   Vx  25
5
25
Thus current through R L   5amps
5
2s  6
32. A continuous-time filter with transfer function H  s   is converted to a discrete time
s 2  6s  8
2z 2  0.5032z
filter with transfer function G  z   so that the impulse response of the
z 2  0.5032z  k
continuous-time filter, sampled at 2 Hz, is identical at the sampling instants to the impulse
response of the discrete time filter. The value of k is ____________.
Key: 0.0497
2s  6
Exp: Given H  s  
s 2  6s  8
So, z  esTs, given fs  2, J T  0.5
2s  6
H s 
 s  4  s  2 
1 1
H s  
s2 s4
1 1 1 1
H z  2Ts 1
 4Ts 1
 1 1

1 e z 1 e z 1 e z 1  e 2 z 1
1  e2 z1   1  e1z1 2  z 1 e1  e2  2z 2  z  e1  e2 
  
1  z 1 e1  e2   e3 z 2 1  z 1 e1  e2   e3z 2 z 2  z e 1  e 2   e 3
So, k = 0.0497.
33. The Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) of the 4-point sequence

x  n   x 0 , x 1, x  2, x 3  3,2,3,4 is
X  k   X 0,X 1,X  2,X 3  12,2j,0, 2j.
If X1  k  is the DFT of the 12-point sequence x1  n   3,0,0, 2,0,0,3,0,0, 4,0,0 , the value of
X1  8 
is ___________.
X1 11
Key: 6
Exp: Given, x 1  3, 2,3, 4
We can directly find the DFT of given sequence

x1[n]  3,0,0,2,0,0,3,0,0,4,0,0
X1 (k)  12,2j,0, 2j,12,2j,0, 2j,12,2j,0, 2j

DFT repeats itself
16
1616/
11616
X1 (8)  12
X1 (11)  2j
X1 (8)
 6
X1 (11)
34. The switch S in the circuit shown has been closed for a long time. It is opened at time t = 0 and
remains open after that. Assume that the diode has zero reverse current and zero forward
voltage drop.
The steady state magnitude of the capacitor voltage VC (in volts) is ____________.
Key: 99 to 101
35. A voltage VG is applied across a MOS capacitor with metal gate and p-type silicon substrate
at T  300K. The inversion carrier density (in number of carriers per unit area) for V G = 0.8 V
is 2 1011 cm2 . For VG = 1.3V, the inversion carrier density is 4 1011 cm2 . What is the value
of the inversion carrier density for V = 1.8 V?
(A) 4.5 1011 cm2 (B) 6.0 1011 cm2 (C) 7.2 1011 cm2 (D) 8.4 1011 cm2
Key: (B)
Exp: Qinv  k  VGS  Vt  , VGS  Vt
Qinv  qNi
qNi  k  VGS  Vt 
Given
Case (i)
q  2  1011 cm 2   k  0.8  Vt 
Case  ii 
q  4  101 cm 2   k 1.3  Vt 
1.3  Vt
2
0.8  Vt
1.6  2Vt  1.3  Vt
Vt  0.3
2  1011
So, k   1.6  10 19
0.5
So, 1.6 1019  Ni  4 1011 1.6 1019 (1.5)
Ni  6 1011 cm2
17
1717/
11717

36. Consider avalanche breakdown in a silicon p n junction. The n-region is uniformly doped with
a donor density ND. Assume that breakdown occurs when the magnitude of the electric field at
any point in the device becomes equal to the critical field Ecrit . Assume E crit to be independent
of ND.If the built-in voltage of the p  n junction is much smaller than the breakdown voltage,
VBR, the relationship between 𝑉BR and 𝑁𝐷 is given by
(A) VBR  N D  constant (B) N D  VBR  constant
(C) ND  VBR  constant (D) ND VBR  constant
Key: (C)
Exp: If the depletion region is not making any change it means ND  VBR  constant
37. Consider a region of silicon devoid of electrons and holes, with an ionized donor density
of Nd  1017 cm3 . The electric field at x = 0 is 0 V/cm and the electric field at x = L is 50
kV/cm in the positive x direction. Assume that the electric field is zero in the y and z
directions at all points.
Given q  1.6  1019 coulomb, 0  8.85 1014 F cm, r  11.7 for silicon, the value of 𝐿 in nm
is _____________.
Key: 32.37
dE qN D 50  103 1.6  1019  1017
Exp:   
dx  L 8.854  1014  11.7
50  103  8.854  1014  11.7
L  32.372  109 m
1.6  102
38. Consider a long-channel NMOS transistor with source and body connected together. Assume
that the electron mobility is independent of VGS and VDS . Given,
g m  0.5 A V for VDS = 50 mV and VGS= 2 V,
ID I
gd  8 A V for VGS = 2 V and VDS = 0 V, Where g m  and gd  D
VGS VDS
The threshold voltage (in volts) of the transistor is _________.
Key: 1.2
Exp: From given conditions VDS  VGS  Vt , So transistor is linear
 V2 
I D  k n  VGs  Vt  VDS  DS 
 2 
I D
 k n .VDS
VGs

18
1818/
11818
6
0.5  10 1
kn  3
  103  105 A / v 2
50  10 100
I D
So,  k n  VGs  Vt 
VDS
8  106  10 5  2  Vt 
Vt  2  0.8  1.2V
39. The figure shows a half-wave rectifier with a 475F filter capacitor. The load draws a constant
current I0= 1 A from the rectifier. The figure also shows the input voltage Vi, the output
voltage VC and the peak-to-peak voltage ripple  on VC.The input voltage V1 is a triangle-
wave with an amplitude of 10 V and a period of 1ms.
The value of the ripple  (in volts) is ______________.

Key: 2.1
Exp: Peak –to-peak ripple voltage
IL I L T 1  1  10-3
Vrpp = = = = 2.1volt
f C C 475  10-6
40. In the op-amp circuit shown, the Zener diodesZ1 and Z2 clamp the output voltage V 0 to +5 V
or−5 V.The switch S is initially closed and is opened at time 𝑡= 0.
The time t = t1(in seconds) at which V0changes state is__________.

Key: 0.789

19
1919/
11919
Exp: For t < 0 switch is closed
V(  ) = 10V
1
V(  ) = (-5) = -1V
1 4
For t  0 the capacitor charges through 10k the switching will occur. When V(  ) < -1 volt
equivalently, the switching will occur. When VC becomes slightly more than 11V
-t
VC (t) = 20e RC
-t1
11 = 20e RC
 20   20 
t1 = RC ln   = (1) ln  
 9   9 
t1 = 0.789 sec
41. An op-amp has a finite open loop voltage gain of 100. Its input offset voltage Vios(=+5mV) is
modeled as shown in the circuit below. The amplifier is ideal in all other respects. V input is 25
mV.
The output voltage (in millivolts) is ___________.
Key: 413.79
Exp: The gain of the practical op-amp
 Rf 
 1+ 
 
Vout R1 
Vin   R f  
  1+ 
1   R 1  
 A 02 
 
 
 Rf 
1+   16, A 02  100
 R1 

20
2020/
12020
 
 
 1+ R f 
 R1  16
Vout   [Vin  Vios ]  Vout  [25  5]  413.79mV
 1+ R f  1
16
  R1 
 100
1 
 A 02 
42. An 8 Kbyte ROM with an active low Chip Select input  CS is to be used in an 8085
microprocessor based system. The ROM should occupy the address range 1000H to 2FFFH.
Theaddress lines are designated as A15 to A0, where A15is the most significant address
bit.Which one of the following logicexpressions will generate the correct CS signal for this  
ROM?

(A) A15  A14  A13 .A12  A13 .A12  (B) A15 .A14 . A13  A12 
(C) A15  A14  A 13 .A12  A13 .A12  (D) A15  A14  A13 .A12
Key: (A)
Exp: Address varying from 1000 H to 2FFFH
i.e. 0001 0000 0000 0000 H

0010 1111 1111 1111 H
CS   A14 A15 .A13A12  A14 A15A13A12   A14  A15   A13 .A12  A13 .A12 
43. In an N bit flash ADC, the analog voltage is fed simultaneously to 2N− 1 comparators. The
outputof the comparators is then encoded to a binary format using digital circuits. Assume that
the analog voltage source Vin(whose output is being converted to digital format) has a source
resistance of 75 as shown in the circuit diagram below and the input capacitance of each
comparator is 8 pF. The input must settle to an accuracy of 1/2LSB even for a full scale input
change for properconversion. Assume that the time taken by the thermometer to binary
encoder is negligible.

21
2121/
12121
If the flash ADC has 8 bit resolution, which one of the following alternatives is closest to the
maximum sampling rate?
(A) 1 megasamples per second (B) 6 megasamples per second
(C) 64 megasamples per second (D) 256 megasamples per second
Key: (A)
44. The state transition diagram for a finite state machine with states A, B and C, and binary inputs
X,Y and Z, is shown in the figure.
Which one of the following statements is correct?

(A) Transitions from State A are ambiguously defined.
(B) Transitions from State B are ambiguously defined.
(C) Transitions from State Care ambiguously defined.
(D) All of the state transitions are defined unambiguously.
Key: (C)
Exp:. From the state diagram we can derive the state table. It is given that the binary inputs are XYZ
so if in any transition some value of input is missing, it should be considered as don‟t care
combination.
Present State X Y Z Next State

A 0 0 0 B
A 1 0 X C
A 0 X 1 A
A X 1 X A
B X 0 0 A
B X 1 X B
B X 0 1 C
C X X 0 C
C X 1 1 B
C 1 X 1 A
Conclusion
Let us consider the two row of present state A, what it means is

22
2222/
12222
0 X 1  A 


0 0 1 
 A 
0 1 1  A 

 So, no ambiguity

 as each distinct state
X 1 X 
 A 
are differentiable
0 1 0  A 

 clearly
0 1 1 
 A 

1 1 0 
 A 
1 1 1  A 

Similar way if we check all row, let in present state C case
(a) X X 0 
 C
0 0 0 
 C
0 1 0 
 C
1 0 0 
 C
1 1 0 
 C
(b) X 1 1 
 B
0 1 1 
 B
1 1 1 
 B
This shows inconsistency
because if input XYZ =111
thennext state could be A or B
(c) 1 X 1 
 A
1 0 1 
 A
1 1 1 
 A
So, transition from state C is ambigious
1
45. In the feedback system shown below G  s   .
 s  2s 
2
The step response of the closed-loop system should have minimum settling time and have no
overshoot.
The required value of gain k to achieve this is
Key: 1
Exp: Minimum setling time and no overshoot implies case of critical damping.
At critical damping  =1.

23
2323/
12323
k
H(s) 
s  2s  k
2
n  k
2k  2  2.1 k  2  k  1
1
46. In the feedback system shown below G  s   .
 s  1 s  2  s  3
The positive value of k for which the gain margin of the loop is exactly 0 dB and the phase
marginof the loop is exactly zero degree is_____________.
Key: 60
Exp: The given condition implied marginal stability. One alternative way without going for gain
margin, phase margin concepts is find k value for marginal stability using reflection.
C.E:- S3  11s2  6s  6k  0
S3 1 6
S2 11 6k
S1 60  k
11
S 6k
0
For marginal stability odd order row of S should be zero. i.e.,

60  k
 0  k  60
11
s
47. The asymptotic Bode phase plot of G  s   , with 𝑘 and p1 both
 s  0.1 10  s  p1 
s 
positive, is shown below.
The value of p1is____________

24
2424/
12424
Key: 1
Exp: Since it is the phase plot given we can‟t use the slope concept as these are non linear curves.
So we can take any phase angle of at a given frequency as reference and can obtain P1
 phase of transfer function
   1    1   
()   tan 1    tan    tan  
 0.1   10   P1 
 from the plot at   0.1,   45o.
 0.1 0.1 0.1 
45o    tan 1  tan 1  tan 1 
 0.1 10 P1 
Solving for P, we getP1 = 1.

48. An information source generates a binary sequence  n  .  n can take one of the two possible
values −1and+1 with equal probability and are statistically independent and identically
distributed. This sequence is precoded to obtain another sequence n  ,as n   n  k  n 3 . The
sequence n  is used to modulate a pulse g(t) to generate the baseband signal
1, 0  t  T 
X  t    n  n g  t  nT , whereg  t   


0, otherwise 
1
If there is a null at f  in the power spectral density of X(t),thenk is __________.
3T
Key: -1
49. An ideal band-pass channel 500 Hz - 2000 Hz is deployed for communication. A modem is
designed to transmit bits at the rate of 4800 bits/s using 16-QAM. The roll-off factor of a pulse
with a raised cosine spectrum that utilizes the entire frequency band is
Key: 0.25
Exp: Transmission Bandwidth = 1500 Hz.
BT  R S 1   
4800
RS  , M  16
log 2 M
 R S  1200 symbols / sec
1500  1200 1       1.25  1  0.25
50. Consider a random process X  t   3V  t   8, where V(t) is a zero mean stationary random
process with autocorrelation R      4e
5 T
. The power in X(t) is ____________.
Key: 100
Exp: x (t) = 3V(t) - 8
R x (t) = E[x(t)  (t + τ )] = E[(3 v(t) - 8) (3 v(t + τ ) - 8)]
= E[(9 v(t) v(t + τ ) - 24 v(t) -24 v(t + τ ) + 64] = 9 R V (τ) - 48 E[v[t]+ 64
PX (τ) τ  0 = Power in X(t) = 9R V (0) + 64 = 36 + 64 = 100w

25
2525/
12525
51. A binary communication system makes use of the symbols “zero” and “one”. There are
channel errors. Consider the following events:
x0: a "zero" is transmitted
x1: a "one" is transmitted
y0: a "zero" is received
y1: a "one" is received
1 3 1
The following probabilities are given: P  x 0   , P  y 0 | x 0   ,and P  y 0 | x1   . The
2 4 2
information in bits that you obtain when you learn which symbol has been received (while you
know that a “zero” has been transmitted) is_________.
Key: 0.811
Exp: Given Binary communication channel 34
x0 y0
Information content in receiving y it in
given that x 0 is transmitted is 14
H  y   P  y 0 x 0  log 2
1
 x0  p  yo x 0  12
1
 P  y1 x 0  log 2 x1 y1
P  y1 x 0  12
3 4 1
 log 2  log 2 4  0.811
4 3 4
52. The parallel-plate capacitor shown in the figure has movable plates. The capacitor is charged
so that the energy stored in it is E when the plate separation is d. The capacitor is then isolated
electrically and the plates are moved such that the plate separation becomes 2d.
At this new plate separation, what is the energy stored in the capacitor, neglecting fringing
effects?
(A) 2E (B) 2E (C) E (D) E/2
Key: (A)
Exp: If capacitor is electrically isolated then charge is same
C1 C2
We know C1d1 = C2d2 and 
V1 V2
If „d‟ is doubled then C will be C/2 and V will be 2V

1 1 C 1
Given E  CV 2  E new  .   2V   2  CV 2  2E
2
2 2 2 2

26
2626/
12626
53. A lossless micro strip transmission line consists of a trace of width w. It is drawn over a
practically infinite ground plane and is separated by a dielectric slab of thickness t and relative
permittivity r  1. The inductance per unit length and the characteristic impedance of this line
are L and Z0, respectively.
Which one of the following inequalities is always satisfied?

Lt Lt Lw Lw
(A) Z0  (B) Z0  (C) Z0  (D) Z0 
0   w 0  w 0  t 0   t
Key: (B)
54. A microwave circuit consisting of lossless transmission lines T 1 and T2 is shown in the
figure.The plot shows the magnitude of the input reflection coefficient  as a function of
frequency f.The phase velocity of the signal in the transmission lines is 2  108 m s. .
The length L (in meters) of T2 is ___________

Key: 0.1

27
2727/
12727
55. A positive charge q is placed at x= 0 between two infinite metal plates placed at x= −d and at x
= +d respectively. The metal plates lie in the yz plane.
The charge is at rest at t= 0, when a voltage +V is applied to the plate at –d and voltage –V is
applied to the plate at x= +d. Assume that the quantity of the charge q is small enough that it
does not perturb the field set up by the metal plates. The time that the charge q takes to reach
the right plate is proportional to
(A) d/V (B) d V (C) d V (D) d V
Key: (C)

28
2828/
12828
General Aptitude
1. An apple costs Rs. 10. An onion costs Rs. 8.

Select the most suitable sentence with respect to grammar and usage.
(A) The price of an apple is greater than an onion.
(B) The price of an apple is more than onion.
(C) The price of an apple is greater than that of an onion.
(D) Apples are more costlier than onions.
Key: (C)
2. The Buddha said, “Holding on to anger is like grasping a hot coal with the intent of throwing it at
someone else; you are the one who gets burnt.”
Select the word below which is closest in meaning to the word underlined above.
(A) burning (B) igniting (C) clutching (D) flinging
Key: (C)
3. M has a son Q and a daughter R. He has no other children. E is the mother of P and daughter-in-law of M.
How is P related to M?
(A) P is the son-in-law of M. (B) P is the grandchild of M.
(C) P is the daughter-in law of M. (D) P is the grandfather of M.
Key: (B)
4. The number that least fits this set: (324, 441, 97 and 64) is ________.
(A) 324 (B) 441 (C) 97 (D) 64
Key: (C)
Exp: 324  182 ; 441  212 ;64  82 but 97  x 2 for any positive integer
i.e. 97 is odd man out
5. It takes 10 s and 15 s, respectively, for two trains travelling at different constant speeds to completely pass
a telegraph post. The length of the first train is 120 m and that of the second train is 150 m. The
magnitude of the difference in the speeds of the two trains (in m/s) is ____________.
(A) 2.0 (B) 10.0 (C) 12.0 (D) 22.0
Key: (A)
length
Exp: Speed   length  speed  time
time
120  10  s 1  s1  12
150  15  s 2  s 2  10
s1  s 2  2
 ICP–Intensive Classroom Program  eGATE-Live Internet Based Classes DLP  TarGATE-All India Test Series
Leaders in GATE Preparations  65+ Centers across India
© All rights reserved by Gateforum Educational Services Pvt. Ltd. No part of this booklet may be reproduced or utilized in any form without the written permission.
1
11/11
1/14
7EC
(2)
6. The velocity V of a vehicle along a straight line is measured in m/s and plotted as shown with
respect to time in seconds. At the end of the 7 seconds, how much will the odometer reading
increase by (in m)?
(A) 0 (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) 5

Key: (D)
7. The overwhelming number of people infected with rabies in India has been flagged by the World
Health Organization as a source of concern. It is estimated that inoculating 70% of pets and stray dogs
against rabies can lead to a significant reduction in the number of people infected with rabies.
Which of the following can be logically inferred from the above sentences?
(A) The number of people in India infected with rabies is high.
(B) The number of people in other parts of the world who are infected with rabies is low.
(C) Rabies can be eradicated in India by vaccinating 70% of stray dogs
(D) Stray dogs are the main sources of rabies worldwide.
Key: (A)
8. A flat is shared by four first year undergraduate students. They agreed to allow the oldest of them to enjoy
some extra space in the flat. Manu is two months older than Sravan, who is three months younger than
Trideep. Pavan is one month older than Sravan. Who should occupy the extra space in the flat?
(A) Manu (B) Sravan (C) Trideep (D) Pavan
Key: (C)
9. Find the area bounded by the lines 3x+2y=14, 2x-3y=5 in the first quadrant.
(A) 14.95 (B) 15.25 (C) 15.70 (D) 20.35
Key: (B)
2
22/12
2/14
7EC
(2)
 14  y
Exp A  ,0
 3  B
B   0, 7  3x  2y  14
5 
C   , 0
2 
 5  E 2x  3y  5
D   0,  R
 3 
E   4,1
x
O C A
Required area is area of
 OAB – area of  CEA D
1  14  1  13 
    7     1  15.25 sq.units
2 3  2 6 
10. A straight line is fit to a data set (ln x, y). This line intercepts the abscissa at ln x = 0.1 and has a slope of
−0.02. What is the value of y at x = 5 from the fit?
(A) −0.030 (B) −0.014 (C) 0.014 (D) 0.030
Key: (A)
a
Exp: y  a  bx, where x  l n x and  0.1, b  0.02
b
 a  0.02  x   a  0.002
 0.002  0.02  x 
at x  5, y  0.002  0.02 1.609   0.03018
 0.030

 x 
1. Consider a 2 × 2 square matrix A   ,
  
Where x is unknown. If the eigenvalues of the matrix A are    j and    j , the x is equal to
(A)  j (B)  j (C)  (D) 
Key: (D)
Exp: Product of eigen values = det
    j   j   2  x
 2  2   2  x
 x  
sin  z 
2. For f  z   , the residue of the pole at z = 0 is __________.
z2
Key: 1
3
33/13
3/14
7EC
(2)
sin z 1  z3 z5  1 z z2
Exp: f z    z    .....     ......
z2 z2  3! 5!  z 3! 5!
1
Resideu  coefficient of  1
z
3. The probability of getting a “head” in a single toss of a biased coin is 0.3. The coin is tossed repeatedly
till a “head” is obtained. If the tosses are independent, then the probability of getting “head” for the
first time in the fifth toss is .
Key: 0.07
Exp: Required probability = TTTTH
  0.7  0.7  0.7  0.7  0.3
 0.07203
1
dx
4. The integral  1  x 
0
is equal to _________.
Key: 2
1 1 1
1  x  2 1 1  x 
1 1
1 2 1 1
Exp: 0 1  x  2
dx    2 1  x  2
0 2
1 1
 1
2 0 2 0
5. Consider the first order initial value problem

y'  y 2 x  x3 , y  0  1,  0  x   
with exact solution y  x   x 2  ex . For x = 0.1, the percentage difference between the exact solution
and the solution obtained using a single iteration of the second-order Runge-Kutta method with step-
size h = 0.1is
Key: 0.06 to 0.063
6. Consider the signal x  t   cos  6t   sin 8t  , where t is in seconds. The Nyquist sampling rate (in
samples/second) for the signal y(t) = x(2t+5) is
(A) 8 (B) 12 (C) 16 (D) 32
Key: (C)
Exp: Shifting doesn‟t effects the sampling rate due to scaling by a factor „2‟ spectral components are doubled.
X(f )
4
3 3 4
Thus maximum frequency of Y(f )  8.

 Nyquist rate  8  2  16Hz
4
44/14
4/14
7EC
(2)
sin  t  sin  t 
7. If the signal x  t   * with * denoting the convolution operation, then x(t) is equal to
t t
sin  t  sin  2t  2sin  t   sin  t  
2
(A) (B) (C) (D)  

t 2t t  t 
Key: (A)
sin t 1
Exp:  sa  t 
t 
 
 sa  t  F
  rect  
2
1  
sa  t  
F
 rect  
 2
Convolution in time domain leads to multiplication in frequency domain
    1 sin t
 rect   rect    X    x  t   sa  t  
2 2  t
8. A discrete-time signal x  n     n  3  2  n  5 has z-transform X(z). If Y(z) = X(-z) is the z-

transform of another signal y[n], then
(A) y[n] = x[n] (B) y[n] = x[-n] (C) y[n] = -x[n] (D) y[n] = -x[-n]
Key: (C)
Exp: x  n     n  3  2  n  5
 x  z   z 3  2z 5
x  z    z   2  2 
3 5
y  z   z 3  2z 5
y  n     n  3  2  n  5
y  n    x  n 
9. In the RLC circuit shown in the figure, the input voltage is given by
i  t   2cos  200t   4sin 500t 
The output voltage 0  t  is
(A) cos (200t) + 2sin (500t)

(B) 2 cos (200t) + 4sin (500t)
(C) sin (200t) + 2cos (500t)
(D) 2 sin (200t) + 4cos (500t)
Key: (B)
5
55/15
5/14
7EC
(2)
Exp: Vi(t) = 2cos 200t + 4 sin 500t, since there are 2 frequency term output will also have 2 frequency term.
 If we take 4sin500t first i.e. W = 500 then on the output section, this parallel LC combination have
ZLC  , so it is open circuit and V0 = Vi
j200  j200
So w.r.t. 4sin500t output must be 4sin500t without any change in amplitude and phase, this is satisfied by
only option B.
10. The I-V characteristics of three types of diodes at the room temperature, made of semiconductors X, Y
and Z, are shown in the figure. Assume that the diodes are uniformly doped and identical in all respects
except their materials. If EgX, EgY and EgZ are the band gaps of X, Y and Z, respectively, then
I
X Y Z
(A) EgX > EgY > EgZ (B) EgX = EgY = EgZ
(C) EgX < EgY < EgZ (D) no relationship among these band gaps exists
Key: (C)
11. The figure shows the band diagram of a Metal Oxide Semiconductor (MOS). The surface region of this
MOS is in
(A) inversion (B) accumulation (C) depletion (D) flat band

Key: (A)
Exp: The semiconductor used in the MOSFET is n-type. At the surface the intrinsic level is above EF as it is
found at the distance of below EF, So, the surface is in inversion region.
6
66/16
6/14
7EC
(2)
12. The figure shows the I-V characteristics of a solar cell illuminated uniformly with solar light of power
100 mW/cm2. The solar cell has an area of 3 cm2 and a fill factor of 0.7. The maximum efficiency
(in %) of the device is ________.
Key: 21
FF.Voc Isc 0.7  0.5  180
Exp: Efficiency    100% = 21%.
Pin (100  3)
13. The diodes D1 and D2 in the figure are ideal and the capacitors are identical. The product RC is very
large compared to the time period of the ac voltage. Assuming that the diodes do not breakdown in the
reverse bias, the output voltage V0 (in volt) at the steady state is
Key: 0
Exp: Vo  0volts


10V

Vo  0V

10V


7
77/17
7/14
7EC
(2)
14. Consider the circuit shown in the figure. Assuming VBE1 = VEB2 = 0.7 volt, the value of the dc
voltage VC2 (in volt) is
Key: 0.5
Exp: VE2  2.5  VBE1  1.8V
VB2  VE2  0.7  1.1V
0.1
I B2   105 A
10k
I C2  50  105 A
VC2  5  104  103  0.5V
15. In the astable multivibrator circuit shown in the figure, the frequency of oscillation (in kHz) at the
output pin 3 is .
8
88/18
8/14
7EC
(2)
Key: 5.64
1.44 1.44
Exp: f   5.64kHz
 R A  2R B  C [2200  24700]  0.022 106
16. In an 8085 microprocessor, the contents of the accumulator and the carry flag are A7 (in hex) and 0,
respectively. If the instruction RLC is executed, then the contents of the accumulator (in hex) and the
carry flag, respectively, will be
(A) 4E and 0 (B) 4E and 1 (C) 4F and 0 (D) 4F and 1
Key: (D)
Exp: Accumulator
CY
0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1
RLCRotate left accumulator content without carry
CY Accumulator
1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 4FH
17. The logic functionality realized by the circuit shown below is
(A) OR (B) XOR (C) NAND (D) AND

Key: (D)
Exp: All the transistor are n-mos we know when input to gate is 0 
 n mos behave as open circuit. Input to
Gate is 1 
 n mos is short circuit. A
 we can redraw the circuit as
B T1
B T2
9
99/19
9/14
7EC
(2)
to get the functionality get find its truth table

A B T1 T2 Y
0 0 OFF ON 0
0 1 ON OFF A0
1 0 OFF ON 0
1 1 ON OFF A 1
 So, Y satisfy AND gate table.
18. The minimum number of 2-input NAND gates required to implement a 2-input XOR gate is
(A) 4 (B) 5 (C) 6 (D) 7
Key: (A)
Exp:
A Y AB  AB  A  B
B
19. The block diagram of a feedback control system is shown in the figure. The overall closed-loop gain
G of the system is
G1G 2 G1G 2
(A) G  (B) G 
1  G1H1 1  G1G 2  G1H1
G1G 2 G1G 2
(C) G  (D) G 
1  G1G 2 H1 1  G1G 2  G1G 2 H1
Key: (B)
Exp:
 
G2 G1 G1
 1  G1H1
H1
10
1010/
11010
/14
7EC
Y G1G 2

x 1  G1H1  G1G 2
20. For the unity feedback control system shown in the figure, the open-loop transfer function G(s) is
2
given as G  s  
s  s  1
The steady state error ess due to a unit step input is

(A) 0 (B) 0.5 (C) 1.0 (D) ∞
Key: (A)
1
Exp: For unit step input ess  .
1  kp
2
k p  lim G(s)  lim 
s 0 s  0 s(s  1)
1
So, ess  0
1 
21. For a superheterodyne receiver, the intermediate frequency is 15 MHz and the local oscillator frequency
is 3.5 GHz. If the frequency of the received signal is greater than the local oscillator frequency, then
the image frequency (in MHz) is .
Key: 3485
Exp: f image = ?
fS = f L0   (fSi - f L0 )
fSi = Image freq
f L0 = Signal freq
fS - f L0   fSi + f L0
fSi  2f L0  fS
fS  f L0  f1F
fSi  2f L0  f1F  f L0  f L0  f1F  3500 15 =3485 mHz
11
1111/
11111
/14
7EC
22. An analog baseband signal, band limited to 100 Hz, is sampled at the Nyquist rate. The samples are
quantized into four message symbols that occur independently with probabilities p1 = p4 = 0.125 and
p2 = p3. The information rate (bits/sec) of the message source is
Key: 360 to 363
23. A binary baseband digital communication system employs the signal

 1
 , 0  t  TS
p  t    TS
 0,
 otherwise
for transmission of bits. The graphical representation of the matched filter output y(t) for this signal will
be
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
Key: (C)
Exp: P(t)  h(t)  y(t)
h(t) = P(t S -t) 1

1
TS
t 0
2TS
0 TS
12
1212/
11212
/14
7EC
24. If a right-handed circularly polarized wave is incident normally on a plane perfect conductor, then the
reflected wave will be
(A) right-handed circularly polarized (B) left-handed circularly polarized
0
(C) elliptically polarized with a tilt angle of 45 (D) horizontally polarized
Key: (B)
Exp: If incident wave is right handed polarized then the reflected wave is left handed polarized.
25. Faraday‟s law of electromagnetic induction is mathematically described by which one of the following
equations?
 
    B    D
(A) .B  0 (B) .D  V (C)   E  (D)   H  E 
t t
Key: (C)

26. The particular solution of the initial value problem given below is
d2 y dy dy
2
 12  36y  0 with y  0   3 and  36
dx dx dx x 0
(A)  3  18x  e (B)  3  25x  e 3  20x  e6x (D)  3  12x  e

6x 6x 6x
(C)
Key: (A)
Exp: D2  12D  36  0
 D  6, 6
C.F   C1  C 2 x  e 6x
 y   C1  C 2 x  e 6x
y 0  3
 3  C1
dy
 C 2 e 6x   C1  C 2 x  e 6x  6 
dx
dy
 36
dx x  0
 36  C 2   3  0  .1 6   C 2  18
 y   3  18x  e 6x
27. If the vectors e 1 = (1, 0, 2), e 2 = (0, 1, 0) and e 3 = (−2, 0, 1) form an orthogonal basis of the three-
dimensional real space R3, then the vector u   4,3, 3  R 3 can be expressed as
2 11 2 11
(A) u   e1  3e2  e3 (B) u   e1  3e2  e3
5 5 5 5
2 11 2 11
(C) u   e1  3e2  e3 (D) u   e1  3e2  e3
5 5 5 5
13
1313/
11313
/14
7EC
Key: (D)
Exp: From option (D),
2 11
u e1  3e 2  e3
3 5
2 11
 1,0, 2   3  0,1,0    2,0,1
5 5
  4,3, 3
28. A triangle in the xy-plane is bounded by the straight lines 2x = 3y, y = 0 and x = 3. The volume
above the triangle and under the plane x + y + z = 6 is
Key: 10 y
Exp: Volume =  z dx dy
R
2x  3y
3 2 B
   6  x  y  dy dx
x
 3
y 0
x 0
2
x
 3
y2  3 xb
   6  x  y   .dx R
x 0 
z  y 0
 x
 2x  1  4 
  6  x   3   2  9 x
3
 2 O
  dx A


 2 2 2 2 x limits : 0 to 3

3
  4x  x  x dx

 3 9  2
y limits: 0 to x
3 3
 8  x3 
  2x 2      2  9    33   10 cubic units
8
 9  0
3 27
1 ez
2j c z  2
29. The values of the integral dz along a closed contour c in anti-clockwise direction for
(i) The point z0 = 2 inside the contour c, and

(ii) The point z0 = 2 outside the contour c,
Respectively, are
(A) (i) 2.72, (ii) 0 (B) (i) 7.39, (ii) 0 (C) (i) 0, (ii) 2.72 (D) (i) 0, (ii) 7.39
Key: (B)
e2
Exp: (i)
1

 
1
 2jf  2  e2  7.39
2j z  2 2j
(ii) 0
 2 
30. A signal 2 cos  t   cos  t  is the input to an LTI system with the transfer function
 3 
H  s   es  es .
If Ck denotes the kth coefficient in the exponential Fourier series of the output signal, then C3 is equal to
(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) 2 (D) 3
14
1414/
11414
/14
7EC
Key: (B)
2 
Exp: output  2cos t  2cos t 0 
3 3
 
nd rd
2 harmonic 3 harmonic
 
j  3t  j  3t
In E.F.S 3rd harmonic  2cos t  e  3   e 3
 
j 3t
The coefficient of e  3  is1So C3  1.
31. The ROC (region of convergence) of the z-transform of a discrete-time signal is represented by the shaded
region in the z-plane. If the signal x  n    2.0  ,   n  , then the ROC of its z-transform is
n
represented by
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
15
1515/
11515
/14
7EC
Key: (D)
x n   2 ,    n  
n
Exp:
x  n   2n u  n   2 n u  n  1
2n u  n  ; ROC : z  2
2 n u  n  1 ; ROC : z  0.5
Thus combined ROC does not exist for x[n]
32. Assume that the circuit in the figure has reached the steady state before time t = 0 when the 3
resistor suddenly burns out, resulting in an open circuit. The current i(t) (in ampere) at t = 0+ is ______.
Key: 1
Exp: At t  0, the circuit is on steady state i.e. the capacitor is open circuited so the circuit will be
V3F   V2   V3    V3   4V
V2F  V3  6V
at t = 0+ when  is open circuited, the capacitors will have an ideal voltage source of values 4V and
6V so the circuit will be
2A
3F
2
1
2
12V 
2F 3
4
So the current through 2 resistor at t = 0+ should be  1A
22
16
1616/
11616
/14
7EC
4V  2
1  4V  2
1 
2  2
12 


12  
6V  6V 

Burn out
 at t  0 

33. In the figure shown, the current i (in ampere) is ______.
Key: -1
Exp: Nodal equation at V 1A
5 8V i1

V 8 V V 8 V a
   0 
1 1 1 1 
1 1
 4V  16 v
0V
b
 V  4V

By using KCL at node „a‟. 8V

84 i
1  i1  0  i1  5A 1
1
KCL at b
4
  i1  i  0  4  5  i  0
1
 i  1A
17
1717/
11717
/14
7EC
 z11 z12 
34. The z-parameter matrix   for the two-port network shown in
 z 21 z 22 
 2 2 2 2 9 3 9 3
(A)   (B)   (C)   (D)  
2 2  2 2 6 9  6 9
Key: (A)
3
Exp: Since the given network is symmetric
 
and reciprocal Z11  Z22
Z12  Z21 input output
V1 3 6  
 Z11   2
I1 I2  0
3 6
6
V2
 Z21 
I1 I1
I2  0
 
We know V2  V1  Z21  2
V1 3 V2
 Z11 Z12   2 2  
So  
 Z21 Z22   2 2  IL  0
35. A continuous-time speech signal xa(t) is sampled at a rate of 8 kHz and the samples are subsequently
grouped in blocks, each of size N. The DFT of each block is to be computed in real time using the radix-
2 decimation-in-frequency FFT algorithm. If the processor performs all operations sequentially, and takes
20 s for computing each complex multiplication (including multiplications by 1 and −1) and the time
required for addition/subtraction is negligible, then the maximum value of N is _____
Key: 4096
36. The direct form structure of an FIR (finite impulse response) filter is shown in the figure.
The filter can be used to approximate a
18
1818/
11818
/14
7EC
(A) low-pass filter (B) high-pass filter (C) band-pass filter (D) band-stop filter
Key: (C)
Exp: y  n   5x  n   5x  n  2
 H  e j   5 1  e 2 j 
At   0, H  e j   0
At   ; H  e j   0
Thus the filter is band pass filter

37. The injected excess electron concentration profile in the base region of an npn BJT, biased in the
active region, is linear, as shown in the figure. If the area of the emitter-base junction is 0.001 cm2,
n  800cm2  V  s  in the base region and depletion layer widths are negligible, then the collector
current Ic (in mA) at room temperature is __________.
19
(Given: thermal voltage VT = 26 mV at room temperature, electronic charge q  1.6 10 C)
Key: 6.65
dn dn  1014  0 
Exp: Ic  qAD n  qA n Vt  1.6  1019  0.001  800  26  103  4 
dx dx  0.5  10 
Ic  6.65mA
19
1919/
11919
/14
7EC
38. Figures I and II show two MOS capacitors of unit area. The capacitor in Figure I has insulator materials
X (of thickness t1 = 1 nm and dielectric constant 1  4 ) and Y (of thickness t2 = 3 nm and dielectric
constant  2  20 ). The capacitor in Figure II has only insulator material X of thickness tEq. If the
capacitors are of equal capacitance, then the value of tEq (in nm) is ___________.
Key: 1.6
E1 E 2
.
t1 t 2 E1E 2 4  20
Exp: CI     2.5
E1 E 2 E1t 2  E 2 t1 (4  2)  (20  1)

t1 t2
E1 4
CII    2.5  t Eq  1.6nm
t Eq t Eq
39. The I-V characteristics of the zener diodes D1 and D2 are shown in Figure I. These diodes are used in
the circuit given in Figure II. If the supply voltage is varied from 0 to 100 V, then breakdown occurs in
(A) D1 only (B) D2 only (C) both D1and D2 (D) none of D1 and D2
Key: (A)
20
2020/
12020
/14
7EC
40. For the circuit shown in the figure, R1  R 2  R 3  1, L  1H and C  1F. If the input
 
Vin  cos 106 t , then the overall voltage gain  Vout Vin  of the circuit is ______.
Key: -1
 R   1 
Exp: A1  1  1   1  6 6 
2
 jL   10  10 
 
R3 1 1 1
A2     
R 2  XC 1
1 11 2
10  106
6
Vout
The overall voltage gain A v   A1  A2
Vin
Vout  1
 2     1
Vin  2
41. In the circuit shown in the figure, the channel length modulation of all transistors is non-zero
   0 . Also, all transistors operate in saturation and have negligible body effect. The ac small
signal voltage gain  V0 Vin  of the circuit is
 1 
(A) gm1  r01 || r02 || r03  (B) g m1  r01 || || r03 
 g m3 
  1     1  
(C) g m1  r01 ||  || r02  || r03  (D) g m1  r01 ||  || r03  || r02 
  
  g m2     g m3  
Key: (C)
21
2121/
12121
/14
7EC
42. In the circuit shown in the figure, transistor M1 is in saturation and has transconductance gm = 0.01
siemens. Ignoring internal parasitic capacitances and assuming the channel length modulation  to be
zero, the small signal input pole frequency (in kHz) is .
Key: 57.9
Exp: Cin  50PF 1  g m R   550PF
g m  0.015
R  1k
R  1k
1  g m R  11
R in  5k
1
f in   57.9 kHz
2R in Cin
43. Following is the K-map of a Boolean function of five variables P, Q, R, S and X. The minimum sum-
of-product (SOP) expression for the function is
(A) P QS X  P QS X  Q R S X  QRSX (B) Q SX  Q S X

(C) Q SX  Q S X (D) QS  QS
Key: (B)
22
2222/
12222
/14
7EC
44. For the circuit shown in the figure, the delays of NOR gates, multiplexers and inverters are 2 ns, 1.5
ns and 1 ns, respectively. If all the inputs P, Q, R, S and T are applied at the same time instant, the
maximum propagation delay (in ns) of the circuit is .
Key: (6)
Exp: Case (i) When T = 0
Ttotal = delay of NOR + delay of 1st MUX + delay of 2nd MUX= 2+1.5+1.5 = 5ns
Case (ii) When T = 1
Ttotal = delay of 1st NOT-gate + delay of 1st MUX + delay of 2nd NOR-gate + delay of 2nd MUX
= 1+1.5+2+1.5 = 6 ns
So, the maximum delay = 6 ns.
45. For the circuit shown in the figure, the delay of the bubbled NAND gate is 2 ns and that of the
counter is assumed to be zero.
If the clock (Clk) frequency is 1 GHz, then the counter behaves as a
(A) mod-5 counter (B) mod-6 counter (C) mod-7 counter (D) mod-8 counter
Key: (D)
Exp: The time period of clock is 1nsec and that of nand gate is 2n sec.
 The time period of clock 1n sec and that of nand gate is 2n.sec.
23
2323/
12323
/14
7EC
 If the nand gate would have 0 delay then the counter must be MOD 6 because on 6 th CP it will be
rejected.
 But as the delay is 2nsec, the effect of 6th CP will be observed on reset in after 2nsec, but in this
additional 2n.sec, 2 more clock cycle would passed in total 8 cycles are needed to rest the counter so
MOD8 counter.
46. The first two rows in the Routh table for the characteristic equation of a certain closed-loop control
system are given as
The range of K for which the system is stable is

(A) −2.0 < K < 0.5 (B) 0 < K < 0.5 (C) 0  K   (D) 0.5  K  
Key: (D)
Exp: S3 1 2k  3
S2 2k 4
From the table we can find characteristic equation
s3  2ks2   2k  3 s  4  0
For stability  2k   2k  3  4
4k 2  6k  4  0
 1
 k    k  2  0
 2
1
So the conditions are k  and k  2 combiningly k > – 2
2
47. A second-order linear time-invariant system is described by the following state equations
d
x1  t   2x1  t   3u  t 
dt
d
x2  t   x2  t   u  t 
dt
where x1(t) and x2(t) are the two state variables and u(t) denotes the input. If the output c(t) = x1(t), then
the system is
(A) controllable but not observable

(B) observable but not controllable
(C) both controllable and observable
(D) neither controllable nor observable
Key: (A)
Exp: The set of equation of the system are
24
2424/
12424
/14
7EC
dx1  t  
  2x1  t   3u  t   x i  t   2x1  t   0x 2  t   3u  t 
dt
dx 2  t  
 x 2  t   u  t   x 2  t   0 x1  t   x 2  t   u  t 
dt
c  t   x1  t   0x 2  t 
 we can frame the state space of the system as
 
 x 1    2 0   x 1    3  4
    0 1  x 2  1
x2 
x 
y  1 0  1 
x2 
 2 0 
 A matrix is  
 0 1
 3
B matrix is  
1
C matrix is 1 0
 for controllability determinant of B AB  0
3 6
1 1  3  6  3  0 so controllable
 
C
 for observability determinant of  0
Ca 
 1 0
2 0  0 so not observable
 
 final controllable but not observable
48. The forward-path transfer function and the feedback-path transfer function of a single loop negative
feedback control system are given as
K s  2
G s   and H  s   1,
s 2  2s  2
Respectively, If the variable parameter K is real positive, then the location of the breakaway point on the
root locus diagram of the system is .
Key: -3.414
Exp: To find break point, from characteristic equation we need to arrange k as function of s, then the root of
dk
 0 gives break point.
ds
Characteristic equation is given by
25
2525/
12525
/14
7EC
s2  2s  2  k  2k  0
 k  s  2     s 2  2s  2 
 s 2  2s  2 
 k   
 s2 
 d 2   2 d 
dk  s  2 ds s  2s  2  s  2s  ds s  2 
   
ds   s  2 2 
dk   s  2  2s  2    s 2  2s  2  
   
ds   s  2 2 
dk
 0
ds
 2s2  2s  4s  4  s 2  2s  2  0
 s 2  4s  2  0
 s  0.58 and  3.414
j
1
2
j
 To find the valid break point we need to find that lies on root locus
 – 3.414 lies on root locus
 So break point – 3.414.
49. A wide sense stationary random process X(t) passes through the LTI system shown in the figure. If the
autocorrelation function of X(t) is R X    , then the autocorrelation function R Y   of the output Y(t) is
equal to
(A) 2R X    R X    T0   R X    T0  (B) 2R X    R X    T0   R X    T0 
(C) 2R X    2R X    2T0  (D) 2R X    2R X    2T0 
Key: (B)
26
2626/
12626
/14
7EC
Exp: R YY (τ) = E[Y(t)Y(t - τ)]

E[{X(t)-X(t - T0 )}{X(t-τ)-X(t -τ  T0 )}]
= R X (τ) - R X (-τ-T0 )-R X (-T+T0 )+R X (-τ)
R YY (τ) = 2R X (τ) - R X (τ + T0 )-R X (τ-T0 )
50. A voice-grade AWGN (additive white Gaussian noise) telephone channel has a bandwidth of 4.0

kHz and two-sided noise power spectral density  2.5 105 Watt per Hz. If information at the rate
2
of 52 kbps is to be transmitted over this channel with arbitrarily small bit error rate, then the minimum
bit-energy Eb (in mJ/bit) necessary is .
Key: 31.5
Exp: Information rate
R  C Channel capacity
For Error free transmission
 S
C = B log 2 1  
 N
B = 4KHz
S = E b / Tb  E b R b
η
N= .2B = ηB
2
 S
R b  B log 2 1  
 N
 ER 
R b  B log 2 1+ b b 
 ηB 
 E b  31.5mJ/bit
 E bmin  31.5mJ/bit
51. The bit error probability of a memoryless binary symmetric channel is 10−5. If 105 bits are sent over this
channel, then the probability that not more than one bit will be in error is _________.
Key: 0.7 to 0.75
27
2727/
12727
/14
7EC
52. Consider an air-filled rectangular waveguide with dimensions a = 2.286 cm and b = 1.016 cm. At 10
GHz operating frequency, the value of the propagation constant (per meter) of the corresponding
propagating mode is _________.
Key: 157
53. Consider an air-filled rectangular waveguide with dimensions a = 2.286 cm and b = 1.016 cm. The
increasing order of the cut-off frequencies for different modes is
(A) TE01 < TE10 < TE11 < TE20 (B) TE20 < TE11 < TE10 < TE01
(C) TE10 < TE20 < TE01 < TE11 (D) TE10 < TE11 < TE20 < TE01
Key: (C)
2 2
C m n
Exp: fc     
2  a  b
C 1 C
for TE 01 f c   2
 98.4 
2 1.016 10 2
C 1 C
for TE10 fc   2
 43.74 
2 2.286 10 2
C
For TE11 f c  107.7 
2
C 2 C
For TE20 fc   2
 87.49 
2 2.286  10 2
TE10 < TE20 < TE01 < TE11
54. A radar operating at 5 GHz uses a common antenna for transmission and reception. The antenna has a
gain of 150 and is aligned for maximum directional radiation and reception to a target 1 km away having
radar cross-section of 3 m2. If it transmits 100 kW, then the received power in W is  
__________.
Key: 0.012
55. Consider the charge profile shown in the figure. The resultant potential distribution is best described by
28
2828/
12828
/14
7EC
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
Key: (D)
q q
Exp: Electrical 0   N d x no   N d x po
 
 x2 
Potential  (x)   0  x  
 2w 0 
P(x)
V(x)
P1
b
a b
a
P1
P1
29
2929/
12929
/14
7EC
For more Previous Solved Paper Visit: www.ErForum.Net
|EC| GATE-2017-PAPER-I www.gateforum.com

Q. No. 1 to 25 Carry One Mark Each
1. The clock frequency of an 8085 microprocessor is 5 MHz. If the time required to execute an
instruction is 1.4 s, then the number of T-states needed for executing the instruction is
(A) 1 (B) 6 (C) 7 (D) 8
Key: (C)
Exp: fclock  5MHz; Tclock  0.2 106 sec
Texecution  1.4s
1.4
No.of T  state required  7
0.2
2. Consider a single input single output discrete-time system with x[n] as input and y[n] as
output, where the two are related as

 n x n  for 0  n  10
yn  
 x  n   x  n  1
 otherwise
Which one of the following statements is true about the system?
(A) It is causal and stable (B) It is causal but not stable
(C) It is not causal but stable (D) It is neither causal nor stable
Key: (A)
Exp: For an input-output relation if the present output depends on present and past input values then
the given system is “Causal”.
For the given relation,

 n x n 0  n  10
yn  
 x  n   x  n  1 otherwise

For n ranging from 0 to 10 present output depends on present input only.
At all other points present output depends on present and past input values.
Thus the system is “Causal”.
Stability
If x[n] is bounded for the given finite range of n i.e. 0  n  10 y  n  is also bounded.
Similarly x  n   x  n  1 is also bounded at all other values of n
Thus the system is “stable”.
3. Consider the following statement about the linear dependence of the real valued functions
y1  1, y2  x and y3  x 2 , over the field of real numbers.
I. y1 , y2 and y3 are linearly independent on  1  x  0
II. y1 , y2 and y3 are linearly dependent on 0  x  1
III. y1 , y2 and y3 are linearly independent on 0  x  1
IV. y1 , y2 and y3 are linearly dependent on  1  x  0
Which one among the following is correct?
1
(A) Both I and II are true (B) Both I and III are true
(C) Both II and IV are true (D) Both III and IV are true
Key: (B)
Exp: y1  1, y2  x, y3  x 2
y1 y 2 y3 1 x x 2
1 x
Consider y1 y2 y3  0 1 2x  2 20
0 1
y1 y2 y3 0 0 2
 y1 , y2 , y3 are linearly independent  x
4. Consider the 5 × 5 matrix

1 2 3 4 5
5 1 2 3 4 

A  4 5 1 2 3
 
3 4 5 1 2
 2 3 4 5 1 
It is given that A has only one real eigen value. Then the real eigen value of A is
(A) 2.5 (B) 0 (C) 15 (D) 25
Key: (C)
1 2 3 4 5
5 1 2 3 4 

Exp: A  4 5 1 2 3
 
3 4 5 1 2
 2 3 4 5 1 
For eigen values    , A  I  0
1  2 3 4 5
5 1  2 3 4
 4 5 1  2 3 0
3 4 5 1  2
2 3 4 5 1 
R1  R1  R 2  R 3  R 4  R 5
15   15   15   15   15  
5 1  2 3 4
 4 5 1  2 3 0
3 4 5 1  2
2 3 4 5 1 
2
1 1 1 1 1
5 1  2 3 4
 15    4 5 1  2 3 0
3 4 5 1  2
2 3 4 5 1 
 15    0
   15
5. The voltage of an electromagnetic wave propagating in a coaxial cable with uniform

characteristic impedance is V     e    jt volts, Where  is the distance along the length of
the cable in meters.    0.1  j40  m 1 is the complex propagation constant, and
  2 109 rad s is the angular frequency. The absolute value of the attenuation in the cable
in dB/meter is __________.
Key: (0.85 to 0.88)
Exp: Given    0.1  j40  m 1
p
Here   0.1
m
p 
WE know that, 1  8.686 dB  0.1 p  0.8686 dB
m m m m
6. A bar of Gallium Arsenide (GaAs) is doped with Silicon such that the Silicon atoms occupy
Gallium and Arsenic sites in the GaAs crystal. Which one of the following statement is true?
(A) Silicon atoms act as p-type dopants in Arsenic sites and n-type dopants in Gallium sites
(B) Silicon atoms act as n-type dopants in Arsenic sites and p-type dopants in Gallium sites
(C) Silicon atoms act as p-type dopants in Arsenic as well as Gallium sites
(D) Silicon atoms act as n-type dopants in Arsenic as well as Gallium sites
Key: (A)
Exp: Silicon atoms act as P- type dopants in Arsenic sites and n- type dopants in Gallium sites.
5 10 10 
7. The rank of the matrix M  1 0 2  is
3 6 6 
(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) 2 (D) 3
Key: (C)
5 10 10
Exp: M  1 0 2  5  0  12   10  6  6   10  6  0   60  0  60  0
3 6 6
5 10
But a 2 × 2 minor,  0  10  10  0  Rank  2
1 0
3
8. For a narrow base PNP BJT, the excess minority carrier concentration  n E for emitter,
p B for base. n C for collector  normalized to equilibrium minority carrier concentration
 n E0for emitter, p B0 for base, n C0for collector)
in the quasi-neutral emitter, base and collector
regions are shown below. Which one of the following biasing modes is the transistor operating in?
105
Carrier Concentration
Normalized excess pB
pB0
n C
n C0
0 n
E
n E0
Emitter  P  Base  N  Collector  P 
X and Y axes are not to scale
(A) Forward active (B) Saturation (C) Inverse active (D) Cutoff
Key: (C)
Exp: As per the change carrier profile, base – to – emitter junction is reverse bias and base to
collector junction is forward bias, so it works in Inverse active.
9. The Miller effect in the context of a Common Emitter amplifier explains

(A) an increase in the low-frequency cutoff frequency
(B) an increase in the high-frequency cutoff frequency
(C) a decrease in the low-frequency cutoff frequency
(D) a decrease in the high-frequency cutoff frequency
Key: (D)
Exp: Miller effect increase input capacitance, so that there will be decrease in gain in the high
frequency cutoff frequency.
10. Consider the D-Latch shown in the figure, which is transparent when its clock input CK is
high and has zero propagation delay. In the figure, the clock signal CLK1 has a 50% duty
cycle and CLK2 is a one-fifth period delayed version of CLK1. The duty cycle at the output
latch in percentage is ___________.
TCIK
CLK1 D Q Output
CLK1 D-Latch
CLK2 CK
CLK2
TCIK 5
Key: (29.9 to 30.1)
4
TCLK
Exp: TCLK
2
CLK  2
CLK  1
t CLK
5
TCLK TCLK

 Dutyde of O / p  2 5  100  30%
TCLK
11. Which of the following can be pole-zero configuration of a phase-lag controller (lag
compensator)? j
j
(A) (B) Pole
Pole
s-plane s-plane
Zero Zero
 
(C) j (D) j
Pole Pole
s-plane s-plane
Zero Zero
 
Key: (A)
Exp: In phase lag compensator pole is near to j axis,
j
12. In the latch circuit shown, the NAND gates have non-zero, but unequal propagation delays.
The present input condition is: P = Q = „0‟. If the input condition is changed simultaneously to
P = Q = „1‟, the outputs X and Y are
5
P
(A) X = „1‟, Y = „1‟ X
(B) either X = „1‟, Y = „0‟ or X = „0‟, Y = „1‟
(C) either X = „1‟, Y = „1‟ or X = „0‟, Y = „0‟
(D) X = „0‟, Y = „0‟
Y
Q
Key: (B) gate 1

Exp: Unequal propagation delay P  0 x 1
Q0 y 1
gate  2 
Case I: Case II:
Gate 1  2ns Gate 1  1nsec
Gate 2  1ns Gate 2  2nsec
2ns 1n sec
P 1 x  1 P 1 x0
Q 1 y0 Q 1 y 1
1ns 2n sec
 Either x = 1, y = 0 or x = 0, y =1
13. Three fair cubical dice are thrown simultaneously. The probability that all three dice have the
same number of dots on the faces showing up is (up to third decimal place) __________.
Key: (0.027 to 0.028)
1 1 1 1
Exp: Required probability  6       0.028
 6 6 6  36
14. A periodic signal x(t) has a trigonometric Fourier series expansion


x  t   a 0    a n cos n0 t  bn sin n0 t .
n 1
If x  t    x   t    x  t   0  , we can conclude that

(A) an are zero for all n and bn are zero for n even
(B) an are zero for all n and bn are zero for n odd
(C) an are zero for n even and bn are zero for n odd
(D) an are zero for n odd and bn are zero for n even
Key: (A)
Exp: If x  t    x   t  the given periodic signal is odd symmetric. For an odd symmetric signal
a n  0 for all n.
6
    To
If x  t    x  t   ,   where T0 is fundamental period then the given
 0  0 2
condition satisfies half-wave symmetry.
For half-wave symmetrical signal all coefficients an and bn are zero for even value of n.
15. The open loop transfer function G  s  

 s  1
s p
 s  2  s  3
Where p is an integer, is connected in unity feedback configuration as shown in figure.
G s


Given that the steady state error is zero for unit step input and is 6 for unit ramp input, the
value of the parameter p is _________.
Key: (0.99 to 1.01)
s 1
Exp: G s 
s  s  2  s  3
p
If p  1, ess  for ramp input   6

1
kv 
6
p 1 ess  for step input   0
1
k p  , ess  0
1  kp
16. An n   n Silicon device is fabricated with uniform and non-degenerate donor doping
concentrations of N D1  11018 cm3 and ND2  11015 cm3 corresponding to the n  and n
regions respectively. At the operational temperature T, assume complete impurity ionization,
3
kT/q = 25 mV, and intrinsic carrier concentration to be n i  110 cm . What is the
10
magnitude of the built-in potential of this device?

(A) 0.748V (B) 0.460V (C) 0.288V (D) 0.173V
Key: (D)
N 
Exp: Vbi  VT n  1 
 N2 
 1018 
 0.25n  15   0.173V.
 10 
17. For the operational amplifier circuit shown, the output saturation voltages are 15V. The
upper and lower threshold voltages for the circuit are, respectively.
7
 
Vin Vout

 10 k
5 k
 3V

(A) 5V and  5V (B) 7V and  3V

(C) 3V and  7V (D) 3V and 3V
Key: (B)
Vsat  15V Vsat  15V

Exp: Given Vsat  15V,  Vsat  15V
10 k
15  3  5  3  12  3  7V
10 k
VUTP  VUTP VLTP
15 3 5 k
5 k
VLTP 
 15  3  5  3  18  3  6  3  3V  3V  3V
 
15 3
18. In the circuit shown, the positive angular frequency  (in radians per second) at which

magnitude of the phase difference between the voltages V1 and V2 equals radians, is
4
__________. V2
1 1H
100 cos t ~ 1 V1
Key: (0.9 to 1.1)

 1  V2
Exp: V1     10
 2  j 
100
V1    tan 1  / 2 1 j
4 2
100cos t 1 V1
1  j 1000
V2  1000
2  j
 1  2  
V2     1  tan 1  tan 1 
 4  2  2 V2
 
V2  V1   / 4
 
 tan 1  tan 1   tan 1   / 4
2 2 I
  tan  / 4  1 rad / sec V1
8
19. In a digital communication system, the overall pulse shape p(t) at the receiver before the
sampler has the Fourier transform P(f). If the symbols are transmitted at the rate of 2000
symbols per second, for which of the following cases is inter symbol interference zero?
(A) P f  (B) P f 
1 1
f  kHz  1.2 0.8 f  kHz 

1.2 0 1.2 0 0.8 1.2
(C) P f  (D) P f 
1
1
f  kHz  f  kHz 
1.2  1 0 1 1.2 1.2 0 1.2
Key: (B)
Exp: For ISI free pulse,
If P(t) is having spectrum P(f)

Then  P  f  kR   constant
k 
S
R S  2 KSpa
Thin condition is met by pulse given in option B.
20. Consider a stable system with transfer function

sp  b1sp1    bp
G s 
sq  a1sq 1    a q
Where b1 ,, b p and a1 , a q are real valued constants. The slope of the Bode log magnitude
curve of G(s) converges to 60 dB decade as   . A possible pair of values for p and q is
(A) p  0 and q  3 (B) p  1and q  7
(C) p  2 and q  3 (D) p  3 and q  5
Key: (A)
1  1  b1 s    b ps 
1 p
Exp: G s   
sq  p 1  q1 s 1    a q s  q 
q p
If s  s , when p  0 and q  3, then
3
It have 60dB d ec at   
21. A good transconductance amplifier should have

(A) high input resistance and low output resistance
(B) low input resistance and high output resistance
9
(C) high input and output resistances

(D) low input and output resistance
Key: (C)
Exp: A good trans conductance amplifier should have high input and output resistance.
22. Let  X1 , X 2  be independent random variables. X1 has mean 0 and variance 1, while X2 has
mean 1 and variance 4. The mutual information I  X1 ;X 2  between X1 and X2 in bits is
_________.
Key: (0.0 to 0.0)
Exp: For two independent random variable
I  X;Y   H  X   H  X Y 
H  X Y   H  X  for independent X and Y
 I  X;Y   0
23. Consider the following statements for continuous-time linear time invariant (LTI) systems.
I. There is no bounded input bounded output (BIBO) stable system with a pole in the right
half of the complex plane.
II. There is non causal and BIBO stable system with a pole in the right half of the complex
plane.
Which one among the following is correct?
(A) Both I and II are true (B) Both I and II are not true
(C) Only I is true (D) Only II is true
Key: (D)
Exp: If a system is non-causal then a pole on right half of the s-plane can give BIBO stable system.
But for a causal system to be BIBO all poles must lie on left half of the complex plane.
24. Which one of the following statements about differential pulse code modulation (DPCM) is true?
(A) The sum of message signal sample with its prediction is quantized
(B) The message signal sample is directly quantized, and its prediction is not used
(C) The difference of message signal sample and a random signal is quantized
(D) The difference of message signal sample with its predictions is quantized
Key: (D) x n  en eq  n 
Exp: DPCM Block diagram Quantized
e q [n] is quantized e  n 
x̂  n  
e  n  is difference of message
signal sample with its prediction. Prediction
25. Consider a wireless communication link between a transmitter and a receiver located in free
space, with finite and strictly positive capacity. If the effective areas of the transmitter and the
10
receiver antennas, and the distance between them are all doubled, and everything else remains
unchanged, the maximum capacity of the wireless link
(A) increases by a factor of 2 (B) decrease by a factor 2
(C) remains unchanged (D) decreases by a factor of 2
Key: (C)
Exp:
 S 
C  Blog 2 1  
 N0B 
PG A
where S  t t 2 er
4r
P A . 4 
S1  t er2 2 A e t
4r 
PA A t 4A er .A e t
 t 2 er 2 e  Pt
 r  4. 2 r 2
 Pt .A er .A e t
S
A2r2
Channelcpacity remain same.
Q. No. 26 to 55 Carry Two Marks Each
26. Starting with x = 1, the solution of the equation x 3  x  1, after two iterations of Newton-
Raphson‟s method (up to two decimal places) is _________.
Key: (0.65 to 0.72)
Exp: Let f  x   x 3  x  1  f   x   3x 2  1
Given x o  1
By Newton Raphson method,
f  xo  f 1 1 3
1st iteration, x1  x o  1  1    0.75
f  xo  f  1 4 4
f  x1  f  0.75  0.17
2nd iteration, x 2  x1   0.75   0.75   0.69
f   x1  f   0.75  2.69
27. In binary frequency shift keying (FSK), the given signal waveform are
u 0  t   5cos  20000t  ;0  t  T, and
u1  t   5cos  22000t  ; 0  t  T,
Where T is the bit-duration interval and t is in seconds. Both u 0  t  and u1  t  are zero outside
the interval 0  t  T. With a matched filter (correlator) based receiver, the smallest positive
value of T (in milliseconds) required to have u 0  t  and u1  t  uncorrelated is
(A) 0.25 ms (B) 0.5 ms (C) 0.75 ms (D) 1.0 ms
Key: (B)
11
Exp: u o  t   5cos  20000t 

f o  10 kHz
u1  t   5cos  22000t 
f1  11 kHz
For u o  t  and u1  t  to be orthogonal, it is necessary that
n 1
; 11  10   103 
f1  f o 
2T 2T
1
T  0.5 msec
2  103
28. For the DC analysis of the Common-Emitter amplifier shown, neglect the base current and
assume that the emitter and collector current are equal. Given that VT  25mV, VBE  0.7V,
and the BJT output resistance r0 is practically infinite. Under these conditions, the midband
voltage gain magnitude. Ac  Vo Vi V V, is _________.
VCC  12V
RC 2 k
73 k 10 F
R1 
10 F C2
RL Vo
C1 2 k
8 k
V1 ~ 47 k R2 RE
CE
100 F

Key: (127.0 to 129.0)
Vo R c
Exp: AV  
Vi re VCC  12V
VT
re  RC 2 k
IE 73 k R1
12  47
VG   4.7V C2
120 VG
VG  VEE  I E R E
4.7  0.7
IE   2mA
2  103 47 k R2 RE 2 k
25
re   12.5
2
R || R L 2  103 || 8  103
AV  c   128
re 12.5
29. The figure shows an RLC circuit exited by the sinusoidal voltage 100cos  3t  volts, where t is
amplitude of V2
in seconds. The ratio is _________.
amplitude of V1
12
V1
4 1H
5
100 cos t ~ V2
1
F
36
Key: (2.55 to 2.65)

 4  j3   4  j3 
Exp: V1     1000  V1     1000
 4  j3  5  12 j   9  9j 
 5  12 j   5  12 j 
V2     1000  V2     1000
 4  j3  5  12 j   9  9j 
V2 5  12 j 52  122 13
    2.6
V1 4  j3 42  32 5
30. Which one of the following is the general solution of the first order differential equation
dy
  x  y  1 , where x, y are real?
2
dx
(A) y  1  x  tan 1  x  c  , where c is a constant
(B) y  1  x  tan  x  c  , where c is a constant
(C) y  1  x  tan 1  x  c  , where c is a constant

(D) y  1  x  tan  x  c  , where c is a constant
Key: (D)
dy
  x  y  1
2
Exp: ...(1)
dx
Put x  y  1  t
dy dt
1 
dx dx
dy dt
  1
dx dx
dt
From (1), 1  t2
dx
dt
  1 t2
dx
1
 dt   dx
1  t2
 tan 1  t   x  C
 tan 1  x  y  1  x  C
13
 x  y  1  tan  x  C 
 y  1  x  tan  x  C 
31. A linear time invariant (LTI) system with the transfer function
K  s 2  2s  2 
G s 
s 2
 3s  2 
is connected in unity feedback configuration as shown in the figure.
G s


For the closed loop system shown, the root locus for 0  K   intersects the imaginary axis
for K = 1.5. The closed loop system is stable for
(A) K  1.5 (B) 1  K  1.5 (D) 0  K  1 (D) no positive value of K
Key: (A)
k  s 2  2s  2 
Exp: Given G  s  
s 2
 3s  2 
C.E  1  G  s   s 2  3s  2  ks 2  2ks  2k  0
 s2 1  k   s  2k  s   2k  2  0
If closed loop system to be stable all coefficients to positive
k  1  k  1.5  k  1
So, k  1.5
32. Let I    2z dx  2y dy  2x dz  where x, y, z are real, and let C be the straight line segment
C
from point A :  0, 2,1 to point B :  4,1, 1 . The value of I is _________.

Key: (-11.1 to -10.9)
Exp: The straight line joining A(0, 2, 1) and B(4, 1, -1) is
x  0 y  2 z 1
 
4  0 1  2 1  1
x y  2 z 1
    t  say 
4 1 2
 x  4t, y  2  t, z  1  2t
 dx  4dt, dy  dt, dz  2dt
For x  0  t  0
For x  4  t  1
I    2zdx  2ydy  2xdz 
C
1
  2 1  2t  4dt  2  2  t  dt   2  4t  2dt 
t 0
14
1
30t 2
1
    30t  4  dt   4t  11
t 0
2 0
33. As shown, two Silicon (Si) abrupt p-n junction diodes are fabricated with uniform donor
doping concentration of N D1  1014 cm 3 and N D2  1016 cm3 in the n-regions of the diodes,
and uniform acceptor doping concentration of N A1  1014 cm3 and N A2  1016 cm3 in the p-
regions of the diodes, respectively. Assuming that the reverse bias voltage is >> built-in
potentials of the diodes, the ratio C2 C1 of their reverse bias capacitances for the same
applied reverse bias, is __________.
p n p n
1014 1014 1016 1016

cm3 cm3 cm3 cm3
C1 C2
Diode 1 Diode 2
Key: (10.0 to 10.0)

A
Exp: C
W
1 1
C and W 
W doping
C  doping
C2  doping 2 1016
   100  10
C1  doping 1 1014
34. An optical fiber is kept along the ẑ direction. The refractive indices for the electric fields
along x̂ and ŷ directions in the fiber are n x  1.5000 and n y  1.5001, respectively (n x  n y
due to the imperfection in the fiber cross-section). The free space wavelength of a light wave
propagating in the fiber is 1.5m. If the light wave is circularly polarized at the input of the
fiber, the minimum propagation distance after which it becomes linearly polarized, in
centimeter, is ___________.
Key: (0.36 to 0.38)
Exp: For circular polarization the phase difference between E x &E y is  / 2
 The phase difference for linear polarization should be 
So the wave must travel a minimum distance such that the extra phase difference of  / 2
must occur.
 y  min  x  min   / 2
 2  min
  min  n y  n x    / 2   n y  n x    / 2
c o 
o 1.5 106 1.5
  min     102  0.375  102 m  0.375cm
4  n y  n x  40.0001 4
15
35. Two discrete-time signals x[n] and h[n] are both non-zero for n = 0, 1, 2 and are zero
otherwise. It is given that
x  0  1, x 1  2, x  2  1, h 0  1.
Let y[n] be the linear convolution of x[n] and h[n]. Given that y[1] = 3 and y[2] = 4, the value
of the expression 10y 3  y  4 is _________.
Key: (31.00 to 31.00)
Exp: Given
x  n   1, 2,1;  h 0  1
h  n   1,a, b
1 2 1
1 1 2 1
a a 2a a
b b 2b b
y  n   1, 2  a, 2a  b  1, 2b  a, b
It is given that y 1  3

 2  a  3 a 1
Similarly 2a  b  1  4  b  3  2 1  1
b 1
 y 3  2 1  1  3
y  4  b  1
10y 3  y  4  30  1  31
36. Which one of the following options correctly describes the locations of the roots of the
equation s4  s2  1  0 on the complex plane?
(A) Four left half plane (LHP) roots
(B) One right half plane (RHP) root, one LHP root and two roots on the imaginary axis
(C) Two RHP roots and two LHP roots
(D) All four roots are on the imaginary axis
Key: (C)
Exp: F  s   s4  s2  1  0
Let take s2  t
t2  t 1  0
1  i 3
t
2
1  j 3
Where t  s2 
2
j2   j2 
1  j 3 1  j 3
s2   e 3  s2  e 3
2 2
16
j2   j2 
s  e 6
and s  e 6
Hence two roots contain RHS and two roots contain LHS plane.
37. The dependence of drift velocity of electrons on electric field in a semiconductor is shown
below. The semiconductor has a uniform electron concentration of n  11016 cm3 and
electronic charge q  1.6 1019 C. If a bias of 5V is applied across a 1 m region of this
semiconductor, the resulting current density in this region, in kA/cm2, is _________.
Drift velocity  cm s 
constant
107
linear
0
5 105 Electric field  V cm 
Key (1.5 to 1.7)

Exp:  d  n 
d 107 cm 2
n   20
 5  105 V  sec
V 5
E  V / cm
d 1  104
J drift  nq d  nq n 
J drift  nq a  nq n   1016  1.6  10 19  20  5  10 4  1.6 KA
cm 2
38. For the circuit shown, assume that the NMOS transistor is in saturation. Its threshold voltage
W
Vtn  1V and its transconductance parameter n Cox    1mA V2 . Neglect channel length
L
modulation and body bias effects. Under these conditions, the drain current ID in mA is
___________.
VDD  8V
1k
R1 RD
3 M ID
R2 RS 1k
5 M
Key: (1.9 to 2.1)

8 5
Exp: VG   5V
8
17
VGS  VG  ID R S  5  103 ID
1 W
I D   n Cox    VGS  VT 
2
2  L
1
I D   1  103  VGS  VT 
2
2
1 2 103 2
I D   103 5  103 I D  1   4  103 I D 
2 2
3
10
ID  16  106 I 2D  8  103 
2 
0.5  103 I 2D  5I D  8  103  0
I D  8mA, 2mA
ID must be least value
So ID  2mA
39. Let X(t) be a wide sense stationary random process with the power spectral density S X(f) as
shown in Figure (a), where f is in Hertz (Hz). The random process X(t) is input to an ideal low
pass filter with frequency response
 1
1, f  Hz
H f   
2
0, 1
f  Hz
 2
As shown in Figure (b). The output of the lowpass filter is Y  t  .
SX  f 
exp   f  X(t) ideal lowpass Y(t)

filter h  t 
f cutoff  1 2 Hz
0
a  b
Let E be the expectation operator and consider the following statements.
I. E  X  t   E  Y  t 
II. E  X2  t    E  Y2  t  
III. E  Y2  t    2
Select the correct option:
(A) only I is true (B) only II and III are true
(C) only I and II are true (D) only I and III are true
Key: (A)
18
Exp: SX  f 
exp   f 
H f 
1
1 2 12 f
SY  f 
1 2 12 f
Since DC components in same in Sx  f  and Sy  f 
 E  x  t   E  y  t 
 
E  x 2  t    Area under Sx  f    e df  2 e df  2
f f
 0
12
e f
1/2
E  y2  t   Area under Sy  f   2  e f df  2  2 1  e 1/2 
0
1 0
 E  x 2  t    E  y 2  t  
E  y 2  t    2
40. As shown a uniformly doped Silicon (Si) bar of length L = 0.1 m with a donor concentration
ND  1016 cm3 is illuminated at x = 0 such that electron and hole pairs are generated at the
 x 3 1
rate of G L  G L0 1   ,0  x  L, where G L0  10 cm s . Hole lifetime is 104 s,
17
 L 
19
electronic charge q  1.6 10 C, hole diffusion coefficient D p  100 cm 2 s and low level
injection condition prevails. Assuming a linearly decaying steady state excess hole
concentration that goes to 0 at x = L, the magnitude of the diffusion current density at x = L/2,
in A/cm2, is _________.
Light
Si  ND  1016 cm3 
x0 L  0.1 m
19
Key: (15.9 to 16.1)
 L
  1 1 1
Exp: P  n  G Lo 1  2  P  G Lo    P  1017   104   1013 / cm 3
 L  2 2 2
 
1
 1013
dp 19 2
J P1 diff  qD P  1.6  10  100  4
 16A / cm 2
dx 0.1  10
2
41. The Nyquist plot of the transfer function

K
G s 
 s  2s  2   s  2 
2
does not encircle the point 1  j0  for K = 10 but does encircle the point  1  j0  for K =
100. Then the closed loop system (having unity gain feedback) is
(A) stable for K = 10 and stable for K = 100
(B) stable for K = 10 and unstable for K = 100
(C) unstable for K = 10 and stable for K =100
(D) unstable for K = 10 and unstable for K = 100
Key: (B)
k
Exp: G s 
 s  2s  2   s  2 
2
C.E  s3  4s2  76s  4  k  0

If system to stable
24  k  4  k  4  0
k  4  k  20
(i) Stable condition 4  k  20
Means If k  10 system stable
k  100 system unstable
k
Or G  j 
 2    2 j   2  j  
2
   2 
G  j    tan 1    tan 1  2 
 
2 2 
Im  G  j 
k
If   0 G  j  0
4
   G  j  0  270
x
Re G  j 
1
20
20
So If k  10 touching point  0.5

If k  100 touching point  5
N  P  Z, Here P  0
N  Z
If closed loop system to be stable, then Z  0,  N  0,
So, k  10 is stable system
42. In the figure shown, the npn transistor acts as a switch

5V
4.8 k
Vin  t 
12 k
2V

T Vin  t 
0V

t  in seconds 
For the input Vin  t  as shown in the figure, the transistor switches between the cut-off and
saturation regions of operation, when T is large. Assume collector-to-emitter voltage
saturation VCE  sat   0.2V and base-to-emitter voltage VBE  0.7V. The minimum value of the
common-base current gain    of the transistor for the switching should be _________.
Key: (0.89 to 0.91)
IB 
 2  0.7   0.108mA
Key:
12  103
5  0.2
IC   1mA
4.8  103
I 1
 C   9.259
I B 0.108
 9.259
   0.903
1   1  9.259
A three dimensional region R of finite volume is described by x  y  z ;0  z  1,

2 2 3
43.
Where x, y, z are real. The volume of R (up to two decimal places) is ___________.
Key: (0.70 to 0.85)

Exp: PQ  x 2  y2 is the radius of variable circle at some Z.
 PQ2  x 2  y 2  z3  Given 
21
1

1 1
z4
 Volume of region revolved around z  axis     PQ  dz   z dz     0.79
2 3
z 0 0
4 0 4
P Q
x y
44. The expression for an electric field in free space is E  E 0  x  y  j2z e 

 j t  kx  ky 

, where x, y, 
z represent the spatial coordinates, t represents time, and ,k are constants. This electric field
(A) does not represent a plane wave
(B) represents a circular polarized plane wave propagating normal to the z-axis
(C) represents an elliptically polarized plane wave propagating along x-y plane.
(D) represents a linearly polarized plane wave
Key: (C)
Exp: Given the direction of propagation is aˆ x  aˆ y
The orientation of E field is aˆ x  aˆ y  j2aˆ z

The dot product between above two is  1  1  0  0
 It is a plane wave
We observed that
P  aˆ x  aˆ y , aˆ x  aˆ y and j2aˆ z are normal to each other.
So electric field can be resolved into two normal component along aˆ x  aˆ y and j2aˆ x

The magnitude are 2 and 2 and  
2
So elliptical polarization.
45. A finite state machine (FSM) is implemented using the D flip-flops A and B, and logic gates, as
shown in the figure below. The four possible states of the FSM are QA QB  00,01,10 and 11.
QA
D Q D Q QB

A B
XIN Q
CK Q CK
CLK
22
Assume that X1N is held at a constant logic level throughout the operation of the FSM. When
the FSM is initialized to the state QA QB  00 and clocked, after a few clock cycles, it starts
cycling through
(A) all of the four possible states if X1N  1
(B) three of the four possible states if X1N  0
(C) only two of the four possible states if XIN  1
(D) only two of the four possible states if X1N  0
Key: (D)
Exp: In given diagram
Xin=0 Next State Xin=1 Next State

Prsent State DA DB Xin Xin
 A  B  A  B
00 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
01 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1
11 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0
01 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 1
When Xin  0 2State
When Xin=1 3 State
46. Let x(t) be a continuous time periodic signal with fundamental period T = 1 seconds. Let {ak}
be the complex Fourier series coefficients of x(t), where k is integer valued. Consider the
following statements about x(3t):
I. The complex Fourier series coefficients of x(3t) are {ak} where k is integer valued
II. The complex Fourier series coefficients of x(3t) are {3ak} where k is integer valued
III. The fundamental angular frequency of x(3t) is 6 rad/s
For the three statements above, which one of the following is correct?
(A) only II and III are true (B) only I and III are true
(C) only III is true (D) only I is true
Key: (B)
Exp: Fourier series coefficient ak is unaffected by scaling operating. Thus (I) is true and (II) is false.
1
T  1sec for x(t) and if it compressed by „3‟ then the resultant period T 
3
2
 Fundamental frequency   6 rad/sec.
T1
Thus (III) is correct.
47. A 4-bit shift register circuit configured for right-shift operation, i.e, Din  A, A  B, B  C,
C  D, is shown. If the present state of the shift register is ABCD = 1101, the number of
clock cycles required to reach the state ABCD = 1111 is _________.
23
Din A B C D
Clock
Key: (10.0 to 10.0)

Exp:
CLK A B C D
Din  A  B A  B B  C C  D
0 1 1 0 1  initial state
1 0 1 1 0
2 0 0 1 1
3 1 0 0 1
4 0 1 0 0
5 0 0 1 0
6 0 0 0 1
7 1 0 0 0
8 1 1 0 0
9 1 1 1 0
10 1 1 1 1  Final state
10 clock pulse required.
Let f  x   ex  x for real x. From among the following, choose the Taylor series
2
48.
approximation of f(x) around x = 0, which included all powers of x less than or equal to 3.
3 2
(A) 1  x  x2  x3 (B) 1  x  x  x
3
2
3 2 7 3
(C) 1  x  x  x (D) 1  x  3x 2  7x3
2 6
Key: (C)
x2 x3
Exp: We have Taylor series of f(x) around x = 0 is f  x   f  0   xf '  0   f ''  0   f '''  0 
2! 3!
(upto powers of „x‟ less than or equal to „3‟)
Given
f  x   ex  x  f  0  1
2
f '  x   e x  x 1  2x   f '  0   1
2
f ''  x   e x  x 1  2x   2e x  x  f ''  0   3
2 2 2
f '''  x   e x  x 1  2x   e x  x 4 1  2x   2 1  2x  e x  x  f '''  0   7
 3 2 2
x2 x3 3 7
 f  x   e x  x  1  x.1   3   7   1  x  x 2  x 3
2
2! 3! 2 6
24
49. The following FIVE instructions were executed on an 8085 microprocessor.

MVI A, 33H
MVI B, 78H
ADD B
CMA
ANI 32H
The Accumulator value immediately after the execution of the fifth instruction is
(A) 00H (B) 10H (C) 11H (D) 32H
Key: (B)
Exp: MVI A, 33H A  33H
MVI B, 78H B  78H
ADD B B  ABH
CMA A  54H
ANI 32H A  10H
A  0011 0011 A  1010 1011 0101 0100
B  0111 1000 B  0101 0100 0011 0010
1010 1011 0001 0000
50. In the circuit shown, the voltage V1N  t  is described by: 1 I


 0, for t  0
VIN  
15 volts for t  0 VIN (t) 1H 2H
Where t is in seconds. The time (in seconds) at which the current


I in the circuit will reach the value 2 Amperes is ___________.
Key: (0.30 to 0.40)
Exp: Under dc condition inductor acts as short all
15
 I total   15A
1 Itotal 1 I  t   2A

i  t   i 0   i  e 
t
 2
 i  
i  0   i  0   0A Vin
1H 24
i  t    0  15  e
3 t
2
 15
 

i total  t   15 1  e
3 t
2
A
i  0   0A
Vin  15
i  t  total 
I total 15
3

3
1 e 2
3 t


2  5 1 e
3 t
2
  t  0.34sec
51. A half wavelength dipole is kept in the x-y plane and oriented along 45o from the x-axis.
Determine the direction of null in the radiation pattern for 0    . Here the angle
  0      is measured from the z-axis, and the angle   0    2  is measured from the
x-axis in the x-y plane.
25
(A)   90o ,   45o (B)   45o ,   90o

(C)   90o ,   135o (D)   45o ,   135o
Key: (A)
Exp: The null occurs along axis of the antenna which is   90o and   45o
52. The amplifier circuit shown in the figure is R 2  79k

implemented using a compensated operational
amplifier (op-amp), and has an open-loop voltage R1  1k
gain, A o  105 V V and an open-loop cut-off 
frequency f c  8Hz. The voltage gain of the amplifier Vo
at 15 kHz, in V/V is __________. 
V1 ~
Key: (43.3 to 45.3)
Exp: Given Amplifier is using –ve feed back
Ao
Af 
1  A o
1
 ; A o  105
80
105
Af   79.93
1  105 / 80
f cut  8Hz  1  A o   10008Hz
Af
A f   
1   f / f cut 
2
79.93

2
 15  103 
1  
 10008 
 44.3
53. Let h[n] be the impulse response of a discrete-time linear time invariant (LTI) filter. The
impulse response is given by
1 1 1
h  0  ; h 1  ; h  2  ; and h  n   0 for n  0 and n  2.
3 3 3
Let H   be the discrete-time Fourier system transform (DTFT) of h[n], where  is the
normalized angular frequency in radians. Given that H  0   0 and 0  0  , the value of
0 (in radians) is equal to __________.
Key: (2.05 to 2.15)
Exp: It is given that,
26
1 1 1
h  0  ;h 1  ;h  2  &
3 3 3
h  n   0for n  0and n  2.
 h  n   h  0   n   h 1   n  1  h  2   n  2
1
 [n]    n  1    n  2
3
Apply DTFT on both sides,
1
 H    1  e  j  e 2 j 
3
Given that H  0   0 & 0  0  
1   j0 
3 j0 j0
 H  0   1  e 2  e 2  e 2    0
3    
3 j0
0
1  2e 2
cos 0
2
0 1
consider H  0   cos 
2 2
2
0 
3
0  2.094
54. Which one of the following gives the simplified sum of products expression for the Boolean
function F  m0  m2  m3  m5 , where m0 ,m2 ,m3 and m5 are minterms corresponding to
the inputs A, B and C with A as the MSB and C as the LSB?
(A) AB  ABC  ABC (B) AC  AB  ABC
(C) AC  AB  ABC (D) ABC  AC  ABC
Key: (B)
Exp: F  Mo  M2  M3  M5  minterm
BC
A 00 01 11 10
AC
0 1 1 1
AB
1 1
AB C
55. A continuous time signal x  t   4cos  200t   8cos  400t  , where t is in seconds, is the
input to a linear time invariant (LTI) filter with the impulse response
 2sin  300t 
 , t0
ht   t
 t 0
 600,
Let y(t) be the output of this filter. The maximum value of y  t  is ________.
27
Key: (7.90 to 8.10)

Exp: Given
 2sin 300t
 , t0
ht   t

 600 , t 0
Thus h  t   600sin c  300t 
 f 
 H  f   2rect  .
 300 
Given x  t   4cos 200t  8cos 400t
In f-domain,
X  f   2 
  f  100    f  100  4 
  f  200    f  200
H f 
X f 
4
2
 multiply 
150 150 f 200 100 100 200 f
Y f 

100 100 f
General Aptitude
Q. No. 1 - 5 Carry One Mark Each
1. She has a sharp tongue and it can occasionally turn _______.

(A) hurtful (B) left (C) methodical (D) vital
Key: (A)
2. Some table are shelves. Some shelves are chairs. All chairs are benches. Which of the
following conclusion can be deduced from the preceding sentences?
(i) At least one bench is a table
(ii) At least one shelf is a bench
(iii) At least one chair is a table
(iv) All benches are chairs
(A) only (i) (B) only (ii) (C) only (ii) and (iii) (D) only (iv)
Key: (B)
28
Exp: B T S S
T S C
B T B
C C
3. 40% of deaths on city roads may be attributed to drunken driving. The number of degree
needed to represent this as a slice of a pie chart is
(A) 120 (B) 144 (C) 160 (D) 212
Key: (B)
Exp: Given 40% of deaths on city roads are drunken driving
 360  360
w.k.t. in pie chart 100%  360 1%     40%   40  40% 144o
 100  100
4. In the summer, water consumption is known to decrease overall by 25%. A water Board
official states that in the summer household consumption decreases by 20%, while other
consumption increases by 70%.
Which of the following statement is correct?
(A) The ratio of household to other consumption is 8/17
(B) The ratio of household to other consumption is 1/17
(C) The ratio of household to other consumption is 17/8
(D) There are errors in the official‟s statement
Key: (D)
Exp: Let H is house hold consumption and P is the other consumption.
Given
H  0.8  P  1.7   H  P   0.75
 Ratio is negative.
5. I ________ made arrangements had I _________informed earlier.

(A) could have, been (B) would have, being
(C) had, have (D) had been, been
Key: (A)
Q. No. 6- 10 Carry Two Marks Each
6. “If you are looking for a history of India, or for an account of the rise and fall of the British
Raj, or for the reason of the cleaving of the subcontinent into two mutually antagonistic parts
and the effects this mutilation will have in the respective section, and ultimately on Asia, you
will not find it in these pages; for though I have spent a lifetime in the country. I lived too near
the seat of events, and was too intimately associated with the actors, to get the perspective
needed for the impartial recording of these matters”.
Here, the word „antagonistic‟ is closest in meaning to
(A) impartial (B) argumentative (C) separated (D) hostile
Key: (D)
29
7. There are 3 Indians and 3 Chinese in a group of 6 people. How many subgroups of this group
can we choose so that every subgroup has at least one Indian?
(A) 56 (B) 52 (C) 48 (D) 44
Key: (A)
Exp: No. of sub groups such that every sub group has at least one Indian
 3C1  3C2  3C3  3C1  3C2  3C1  3C1  3C3
   
Onlyindians Oneindian&remaining chinese
 3C2  3C1  3C2  3C2  3C2  3C3  3C3  3C1  3C3  3C2  3C3  3C3
   
2indians & remainnig chinese 3indians & remaining chinese
 7  9  9  3  9  9  3  3  3  1  56.
Alternate method
Sub groups containing only Indians = 3C1  3C2  3C3  3  3  1  7
Subgroups containing one Indian and rest chinese = 3C 1 3C1  3C2  3C2   33  3  1  21
Sub groups containing two Indian and remaining Chinese  3C2 3C1  3C2  3C3   21
Sub groups containing three Indian and remaining Chinese  3C3 3C1  3C2  3C3   7
 Total no. of sub groups = 7+21+21+7 =56.
8. A contour line joints locations having the same height above

the mean sea level. The following is a contour plot of a
geographical region. Contour lines are shown at 25 m
intervals in this plot.
The path from P to Q is best described by
(A) Up-Down-Up-Down
(B) Down-Up-Down-Up
(C) Down-Up-Down
(D) Up-Down-Up
Key: (C)
Exp: Down- up-Down
 between 475&500 
 between 525&550 
Q
down down
 more than 575
up
P up
At p,height  575  between 500 &525

9. Trucks (10m long) and cars (5 m long) go on a single lane bridge. There must be a gap of
atleast 20 m after each truck and a gap of atleast 15m after each car. Trucks and cars travel at a
speed of 36 km/h. If cars and trucks go alternatively, what is the maximum number of vehicles
that can use the bridge in one hour?
(A) 1440 (B) 1200 (C) 720 (D) 600
30
Key: (A)
Exp: Given speeds both car & Truck = 36 km/hour
They travel in 1 hr = 36 km = 36000 m.

5m 5m truck 20m
car gap 10m gap 1hr  36km  36000m
Maximum no.of vehicles than can use the bridge
36000m
in1hour   720sets  720  2  1440 vechicles
50m
Alternate method
Length of truck + gap required = 10+20 = 30m
Length of car + gap required = 5+15 = 20m
Alternative pairs of Truck and car needs 30+ 20 = 50 m.
Let 'n' be the number of repetition of (Truck + car) in 1 hour (3600 sec).
Given speed  36 km hr  10m sec
50m  n
 36 km hr
3600sec
50n
 m sec  10 m sec
3600
36000
n   720  Truck  car 
50
So, 720  Truck  car  passes  720  2  1440 vehicles
10. S, T, U, V, W, X, Y and Z are seated around a circular table. T‟s neighbours are Y and V. Z is
seated third to the left of T and second to the right of S.U‟s neighbours are S and Y; and T and
W are not seated opposite each other. Who is third to the left of V?
(A) X (B) W (C) U (D) T
Key: (A)
Exp: Following circular seating arrangement can be drawn.
X
Z S
W U
Y V
T
Only one such arrangement can be drawn.
The person on third to the left of V is X.
31
|EC| GATE-2017-PAPER-II www.gateforum.com

Q. No. 1 to 25 Carry One Mark Each
1. Consider the circuit shown in the figure.

Y 0
MUX 0
0 MUX F
1
1
X
Z
The Boolean expression F implemented by the circuit is
(A) XYZ  XY  YZ (B) XYZ  XZ  YZ
(C) XYZ  XY  YZ (D) XYZ  XY  YZ
Key (B)
 
y 0
Exp: F  xyz  z xy
xy
F  xyz   x  y  z
0
F
F  xyz  xz  yz 0 1 1
x z
2. An LTI system with unit sample response h  n   5  n   7  n  1  7  n  3  5  n  4 is a

(A) Low – pass filter (B) high – pass filter (C) band – pass filter (D) band – stop filter
Key: (C)
Exp: h  n   5  n   7  n  1  7  n  3  5  n  4
Obtain
h e j   5  7e j  7e3 j  54 j

At   0 and ;
2
h e   0
j

For 0    at a frequency 0 maximum value of h e j  is obtained
2
h e j 

0
  

2 2
Thus Ideal behaviour of h[n] is Band pass filter.
1
3. In the circuit shown, V is a sinusoidal voltage source. The current I is in phase with voltage V.
amplitude of voltage across the capacitor
The ratio is __________.
amplitude of voltage across the resistor
5 5H I
5F
V
Key: (0.19 to 0.21)

Exp: If I &V are in phase then the circuit is in resonance
At resonance
VC 1 L 1 5
Q   0.2
VR R C 5 5
4. In a DRAM,
(A) periodic refreshing is not required
(B) information is stored in a capacitor
(C) information is stored in a latch
(D) both read and write operations can be performed simultaneously
Key: (B)
5. Consider an n-channel MOSFET having width W, length L, electron mobility in the channel
n and oxide capacitance per unit area Cox . If gate-to-source voltage VGS=0.7V, drain-to-
source voltage VDS=0.1V,  n Cox   100A / V 2 , threshold voltage VTH=0.3 V and (W/L) =50,
then the transconductance gm (in mA/V) is ___________.
Key: (0.45 to 0.55)
Exp: Here, VDS  VGS  VPH , so n-channel MOSFET is working in linear region.
W 2
VDS 
I D   n Cox 
 GSV  VTH  .VDS  
L  2 
So, transconductance g m is in linear region and is given by
ID W
gm    n Cox  .VDS  100 106  50  0.1  5 104  0.5 mA V
VGS VDS  const
L
6. Two conducting spheres S1 and S2 of radii a and b (b>a) respectively, are placed far apart and
connected by a long, thin conducting wire, as shown in the figure.
S2
S1
Wire
Radius a
Radius b
2
For some charge placed on this structure, the potential and surface electric field on S1 are Va
and Ea, and that on S2 are Vb and Eb, respectively, which of the following is CORRECT?
(A) Va  Vb and Ea  Eb (B) Va  Vb and Ea  Eb
(C) Va  Vb and Ea  Eb (D) Va  Vb and Ea  Eb
Key: (C)
Exp:  bc3 two spheres are joined with a conducting wire, the voltage on two spheres is same.
 Va  Vb  The capacitance of sphere  radius
Ca a

Cb b
We know Q  CV
Q a Ca a
 
Q b Cb b
1 a
E a 4o a2 b
  1
Eb 1 b a
4o b2
Ea  E b
7. For the circuit shown in the figure, P and Q are the inputs and Y is the output.
PMOS
Y
P NMOS
Q
The logic implemented by the circuit is

(A) XNOR (B) XOR (C) NOR (D) OR
Key: (B)
8. An n-channel enhancement mode MOSFET is biased at VGS  VTH and VDS   VGS  VTH  , where
VGS is the gate-to-source voltage, VDS is the drain-to-source voltage and VTH is the threshold
voltage. Considering channel length modulation effect to be significant, the MOSFET behaves
as a
(A) voltage source with zero output impedance
(B) voltage source with non-zero output impedance
(C) current source with finite output impedance
(D) current source with infinite output impedance
Key: (C)
Exp: If channel length modulation is considered and significant it means   0
3
1 V
VA  early voltage   and re  A
 ID
 
Vgs g m v gs re Vo


If VAS  VTH and VDS   VDS  VTH  then it indicates that MOSFET is working in saturation
region and it can be used as an amplifier. So it can act as current source with finite output
impedance.
9. A connection is made consisting of resistance A in series with a parallel combination of

resistances B and C. Three resistors of value 10, 5, 2 are provided. Consider all possible
permutations of the given resistors into the positions A, B, C, and identify the configurations
with maximum possible overall resistance, and also the ones with minimum possible overall
resistance. The ratio of maximum to minimum values of the resistances (up to second decimal
place) is ____________.
Key: (2.12 to 2.16)
Exp: The maximum resistance
5
10
R max  11.428
5
The minimum resistance
10
2
R min  5.333
R max 5
 2.14
R min
10. An npn bipolar junction transistor (BJT) is operating in the active region. If the reverse bias
across the base – collector junction is increased, then
(A) the effective base width increases and common – emitter current gain increases
(B) the effective base width increases and common – emitter current gain decreases
(C) the effective base width decreases and common – emitter current gain increases
(D) the effective base width decreases and common – emitter current gain decreases
Key: (C)
Exp: If the reverse bias voltage across the base collector junction is increased, then their effective
base width will decrease and collector current will increase, therefore their common-emitter
current gain increases.
4
11. Consider the state space realization

 
 x1  t    0 0   x1  t    0  u  t  , with the initial condition  x1  0    0 
  0 9   x  t    45   
 x 2  0    0 
 2   
x t  2  ,
where u(t) denotes the unit step function. The value of lim x12  t   x 22  t  is _______.
t 
Key: (4.99 to 5.01)

Exp: x 1  t   0 ...1
x .2  t   9x 2  t   45u  t  ... 2 
Apply L.T to above equation
x1  t   0  because initial conditions are zero
45
Sx 2  s   x 2  0   9X 2  s  
S
45
X 2  s  s  9 
3
45
X2 s  
s s  9
S 5
X2 s   
5 s9
X 2  t   5u  t   5e 9t u  t 
It x12  t   x 22  t   It x 2  t   5
t  t 
1 1 0 0 0 
0 0 1 1 0 

12. The rank of the matrix 0 1 1 0 0  is ___________.
 
 1 0 0 0 1 
0 0 0 1 1
Key: (4 to 4)
Exp:  1 1 0 0 0 
 0 0 1 1 0 
 
 0 1 1 0 0 
 
 1 0 0 0 1 
 0 0 0 1 1
1 1 0 0 0 
0 0 1 1 0 
 
R 4  R 4  R 1 ~ 0 1 1 0 0 
 
0 1 0 0 1 
0 0 0 1 1
5
1 1 0 0 0 
0 0 1 1 0 
 
R 4  R 4  R 3 ~ 0 1 1 0 0 
 
0 0 1 0 1 
0 0 0 1 1
1 1 0 0 0 
0 1 1 0 0 
 
R 2  R 3 ~ 0 0 1 1 0 
 
0 0 1 0 1 
0 0 0 1 1
1 1 0 0 0 
0 1 1 0 0 
 
R 4  R 4  R 3 ~ 0 0 1 1 0 
 
0 0 0 1 1 
0 0 0 1 1
1 1 0 0 0
0 1 1 0 0 

R 5  R 5  R 4 ~ 0 0 1 1 0
 
0 0 0 1 1
0 0 0 0 0 
Which is in Echelon form  Rank  No. of non zero rows  4
13. A two – wire transmission line terminates in a television set. The VSWR measured on the line
is 5.8. The percentage of power that is reflected from the television set is ______________
Key: (48.0 to 51.0)
Percentage of power reflected is   100
2
Exp:
VSWR  1 5.8  1 4.8
    0.7058
VSWR  1 5.8  1 6.8
% Power reflected =  100  49.82%
2
14. The input x(t) and the output y (t) of a continuous-time system are related as
yt   x  u  du. The system is
t
t T
(A) Linear and time-variant (B) Linear and time-invariant

(C) Non-linear and time-variant (D) Non-linear and time-invariant
Key: (B)
Exp: Given Input-output relationship describes integration over a fundamental period T. The
integration over one period is linear and time-invariant.
6
15. Which of the following statements is incorrect?

(A) Lead compensator is used to reduce the settling time.
(B) Lag compensator is used to reduce the steady state error.
(C) Lead compensator may increase the order of a system.
(D) Lag compensator always stabilizes an unstable system.
Key: (D)
Exp: The phase-lead controller adds zero and a pole, with the zero to the right of the pole, to the
forward-path transfer function. The general effect is to add more damping to the closed-loop
system. The rise time and settling time are reduced in general.
 Reduces the steady state error
 Reduces the speed of response (i.e  decreases)
 Increases the gain of original network without affecting stability
 Permits the increases of gain if phase margin is acceptable
 System becomes lesser stable
 Reduces the effect of noise
 Decrease the bandwidth
1
16. The residues of a function f  z   are
 z  4 z  1
3
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
(A) and (B) and (C) and (D) and
27 125 125 125 27 5 125 5
Key: (B)
Exp: Z = 4 is a pole of order „1‟ (or) simple pole
 1  1 1
Residue of f(z) at z= 4 = Res f  z   lim  z  4  .  3  and
 z  4  z  1  5 125
3
z4
z 4

z = – 1 is a pole of order „3‟.
1  d 2  1  
 Res f  z    z  1 .
3
lim  2 
3 
z 1  3  1! z1  dz   z  4  z  1  
1  d2  1  1
 lim  2    
2 z 1  dz  z  4   125
17. A sinusoidal message signal is converted to a PCM signal using a uniform quantizer. The
required signal-to-quantization noise ratio (SQNR) at the output of the quantizer is 40dB. The
minimum number of bits per sample needed to achieve the desired SQNR is _______
Key: (7 to 7)
Exp: For sinusoidal signal
 SNR Q in dB  6.0 n  1.75
Given required  SNR Q  40dB
7
 6.0 n  1.75  40dB

 6.0n  40  11.75
40  11.75
n
6.02
 n  7  Since ' n ' must be an int eger 
d2 y dy
18. The general solution of the differential equation 2
2  5y  0 in terms of arbitrary
dx dx
constants K1 and K2 is
(A) K1e   1 6  x (B) K1e   1 8  x
1 6 x 1 8 x
 K2 e  K2 e
(C) K1e   2 6  x (D) K1e   2 8  x

2  6 x 2  8 x
 K2e  K2 e
Key: (A)
Exp: D2  2D  5  0
 D  1  6  roots are real and distinct 
 1 6  x  1 6  x
 y  k1 .e  k 2e
Where k1, k2 are arbitrary constants.
19. Which one of the following graphs shows the Shannon capacity (channel capacity) in bits of a
memory less binary symmetric channel with crossover probability P?
(A) (B)
1 1
Capacity Capacity
p p
0 1 0 1
(C) (D)
1 1
Capacity Capacity
p p
0 1 0 1
Key: (C)
Exp: For memory less binary Symmetric channel
Channel capacity
C
C  1  H p
1  1  1
H  p   p log 2  1  p  log 2  
p 1 p 
p  Cross over probability
 C  1  p log 2 p  1  p  log 2 1  p 
At p  0; C  1 P
0 1
At p 1 C 1
At p 1 2 C  0
8
20. The output V0 of the diode circuit shown in the figure is connected to an averaging DC
voltmeter. The reading on the DC voltmeter in Volts, neglecting the voltage drop across the
diode, is ____________.

10sin t 1k V0
f  50Hz

Key: (3.15 to 3.21)
Vm 10
Exp: Vo    3.1847V
 
21. Consider the random process X  t   U  Vt, where U is a zero-mean Gaussian random variable
and V is a random variable uniformly distributed between 0 and 2. Assume that U and V are
statistically independent. The mean value of the random process at t = 2 is ____________
Key: (2)
Exp: Given x  t   U  Vt
x  2   U  2V
E  x  2    E  U  2V   E  U   2E  V   0  2  1  2
22. For the system shown in the figure, Y (s) / X (s) = __________.
  
X s  G s   2 Y s 


Key: (0.95 to 1.05) X s   Y s
G s
Y s 2 1 
Exp:  1
X s  1 2
23. The smaller angle (in degrees) between the planes x + y + z =1 and 2x – y + 2z = 0 is
________.
Key: (54.0 to 55.0)
Exp: x  y  2 1
2x  y  2z  0
We have angle between two planes
a1x  b1 y  c1 y  d1  0
a x x  b2 y  c2 y  d 2  0
a1a 2  b1b2  c1c2

is cos  
a12  b12  c12 a 22  b 22  c22
2 1 2 3 1
 cos        54.73
111 4 1 4 3 9 3
9
24. Consider the circuit shown in the figure. Assume base-to- emitter voltage VBE=0.8 V and
common base current gain    of the transistor is unity.
18V
44k 4k
16k 2k
The value of the collector- to – emitter voltage VCE (in volt) is _______.
Key: (5.5 to 6.5)
Exp: Given VBE  0.8V;   1
As   1;  is very large
So IE  IC
18  16
VB   4.8V
60
4.8  08
IC   2mA
2  103
VCE  18  6  103  2  103
 18  12  6V
25. In the figure, D1 is a real silicon pn junction diode with a drop of 0.7V under forward bias
condition and D2 is a zener diode with breakdown voltage of -6.8 V. The input Vin(t) is a
periodic square wave of period T, whose one period is shown in the figure.
Vin  t  10F
14V
D1
0 10 Vout  t 
t  sec onds  D2
14V
Assuming 10  T. where  is the time constant of the circuit, the maximum and minimum
values of the output waveform are respectively,
(A) 7.5 V and –20.5V (B) 6.1 V and –21.9V
(C) 7.5 V and –21.2 V (D) 6.1 V and –22.6 V
Key: (A)
Exp: When Vi  14V, the equivalent circuit is
10
VC
 
0.7V
Vi 10 Vo
6.8V
Vi  VC  Vo
VC  Vi  Vo
VC  14   6.8  0.7   14  7.5  6.5V
Maximum Vo  7.5V
When Vi  14V, the equivalent circuit is
VC
 
Vi 10 Vo
Vo  Vi  VC  14V  6.5  20.5V

Minimum Vo  20.5V
Q. No. 26 to 55 Carry Two Marks Each


26. If the vector function F  ax  3y  k1z   ay  k 2 x  2z   az  k 3 y  z  is irrotational, then the values
of the constants k1, k2 and k3 respectively, are
(A) 0.3, –2.5, 0.5 (B) 0.0, 3.0, 2.0 (C) 0.3, 0.33, 0.5 (D) 4.0, 3.0, 2.0
Key: (B)

Exp: curl F  0
i j k
  
 0
x y z
3y  k1z k 2 x  2z k 3 y  z
 i   k 3  2   j  0  k1   k  k 2  3   0
 k1  0, k 2  3, k 3  2
27. The un-modulated carrier power in an AM transmitter is 5kW. This carrier is modulated by a
sinusoidal modulating signal. The maximum percentage of modulation is 50%. If it is reduced
to 40%, then the maximum un-modulated carrier power (in kW) that can be used without
overloading the transmitter is ___________
Key: (5.19 to 5.23)
Exp: Total power when   50% is
 2 
PT  PC 1  
 2
11
  0.5 2 
PT  5 1    5 1  0.125  5 1.125
 2 
PT  5.625
When   40%
Total power remains 5.625
  0.4 2 
 5.625  PC 1    5.625  PC 1  0.08
 2 
PC  5.22
28. Consider an LTI system with magnitude response

 |f |
1  , | f | 20
| H  f  |  20
0, | f | 20
And phase response Arg H  f   2f .
If the input to the system is
     
x  t   8cos  20t    16sin  40t    24 cos  80t   .
 4  8  16 
Then the average power of the output signal y (t) is _________.
Key: (7.95 to 8.05)
Exp: Consider an LTI system with magnitude response
 |f |
1  , | f | 20
| H  f  |  20
0, | f | 20
And phase response Arg H  f   2f .

If the input to the system is
     
x  t   8cos  20t    16sin  40t    24 cos  80t   .
 4   8   16 
Then the average power of the output signal y (t) is _________.
28. Obtain X  f  for the given x(t)
X  f   4 
  f  10     f  10   8 
  f  20     f  20 
  f  40     f  40  
12 
Xf 
12 Hf 
8 1
4  multiply  1 1
2 2
40 20 10 10 20 40 40 20 10 10 20

f f
12
4
 Y f     f  10     f  10  
2
1 
     f  10     f  10   
 2 
y  t   4cos 2t
16
Thus max power  8
2
29. A MOS capacitor is fabricated on p-type Si (silicon) where the metal work function is 4.1 eV
and electron affinity of Si is 4.0 eV. EC-FF=0.9 eV, where EC and EF are the conduction band
minimum and the Fermi energy levels of Si, respectively. Oxide r  3.9, 0  8.85 1014 F / cm.
oxide thickness tox = 0.1 m and electronic charge q = 1.6×10-19 C. If the measured flat band
voltage of the capacitor is –1V, then the magnitude of the fixed charge at the oxide-
semiconductor interface, in nC/cm2, is __________.
Key: (6.85 to 6.95)

QF
Exp: VFB MS 
Cox
q MS  qM  qS
 qM  q xo  Ec  E f   4.1  4.0  0.9  0.1  0.9   0.8eV
0.8  q 1V
MS    0.8V
q
E
Cox  ox  34.5 109 F cm 2
t ox
QF
1  0.8 
34.5  109
QF
0.2  
34.5 109
Q F  6.9 nc cm 2
30. An electron (q1) is moving in free space with velocity 105 m/s towards a stationary electron
(q2) far away. The closest distance that this moving electron gets to the stationary electron
before the repulsive force diverts its path is ___________ ×10-8m.
[Given, mass of electron m = 9.11×10-31kg, charge of electron e = -1.6×10-19 C , and
permittivity 0  1/ 36  109 F / m]
Key: (4.55 to 5.55)
Exp: Work done due to field and external agent must be zero
1
qV  MV 2
2
1.6  1019 1
 m  105 
2
 1.6  1019 
4o  2
   5.058  108 m
13
31. The values of the integrals

1 1 xy  11
xy 
0  0  x  y 3 
 dy  dx and 0  0  x  y 3  dy are
 dx
   
(A) same and equal to 0.5 (B) same and equal to -0.5
(C) 0.5 and – 0.5, respectively (D) - 0.5 and 0.5, respectively
Key: (C)
11 
xy
Exp: To find    dy  dx

0  0  x  y
3


xy
1 1 1
1 y
Consider   x  y
0
3
dy  x 
0  x  y
3
dy  
0  x  y
3
dy
31 1
x. x  y  1
 x  y   x dy
 
0  x  y
3  1 3
0
x  1 1
1 1
1 1
 
2   x  1 2
   
x  0  x  y 
2 2
dy  x 
0  x  y
3
dy
1
x  1 1   x  y x 1 1
2 1
        
2   x  12 x 2  2  1 2   x  12 x 2 
0
 1 1  1 1
 x   2  
  x  1 2
x  x 1 x
 
1

 x  1
2
11  1
xy 1  1
1
1
  dy  dx     dx  

0  0  x  y
3
 
0   x  1 
2
 x 1 0 2

11 
xy 1
Similarly    dx  dy 

0  0  x  y
3
 2

32. Passengers try repeatedly to get a seat reservation in any train running between two stations
until they are successful. If there is 40% chance of getting reservation in any attempt by a
passenger, then the average number of attempts that passengers need to make to get a seat
reserved is _________.
Key: (2.4 to 2.6)
Exp: Let „X‟ is a random variable which takes number of attempts
Given probability of any attempts to be successful,
40 2 2 3
p  40%   , q 1 
100 5 5 5
X 1 2 3 4 
2 3  2 3 3  2 3 3 3  2
pX                 
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
14
2 3
 2  3 2  3  2  3  2
E  X    Xp  X   1    2     3      4      ...
 5   5 5     
5 5 5  5
2  2  3 2
 
2 3
3 3 3
 1  x   1  2x  3x 2  4x 3  ....
2
 1  2    3    4    .....  1  
5  5 5 5  5  5 
2 25
   2.5
5 4
 Average number of attempts that passengers need to make to get seat reserved is „2.5‟
33. Figure I shows a 4-bits ripple carry adder realized using full adders and Figure II shows the
circuit of a full-adder (FA). The propagation delay of the XOR, AND and OR gates in Figure
II are 20 ns, 15 ns and 10 ns respectively. Assume all the inputs to the 4-bit adder are initially
reset to 0.
Xn 
Y3 X 3 Y2 X 2 Y1 X1 Y0 X 0 
Yn  Sn
Z3 Z2 Z1
Z4 FA FA FA FA Z0
 Zn 1
Zn
S3 S2 S1 S0
Figure  I Figure  II
At t=0, the inputs to the 4-bit adder are changed to

X3X2 X1X0  1100, Y3Y2 Y1Y0  0100 and Z0  1.
The output of the ripple carry adder will be stable at t (in ns) = ___________
Key: (70.0 to 70.0)
34. The permittivity of water at optical frequencies is 1.75  0 . It is found that an isotropic light
source at a distance d under water forms an illuminated circular area of radius 5m, as shown in
the figure. The critical angle is c .
5m
Air
Water C d

Light
Source
The value of d (in meter) is _____________

Key: (4.2 to 4.4)
  2   1 
Exp: C  sin 1    sin 1    49.106
 1   1.75 
 
5 5
 tan C  d   4.33m
d tan C
15
35. A unity feedback control system is characterized by the open-loop transfer function
10K  s  2 
G s  
s3  3s 2  10
The Nyquist path and the corresponding Nyquist plot of G(s) are shown in the figures below.
j
s  plane  j5.43K G  s   plane
 j
 j
s  Re j
R  0
 Re G
0 K 2K
 j
 j  j5.43K
Nyquist path for G  s  Nyquist Plot of G  s 
If 0 < K < 1, then the number of poles of the closed-loop transfer function that lie in the right –
half of the s-plane is
(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) 2 (D) 3
Key: (C)
Exp: N=0, Because 0 < L < 1
There are no encircles around (Y, 0)
And
10K  S  2  10K  S  2 
G  S  
S  3S  10
3 2
S  3.72  S   0.31  1.598i 
So, P2
NPZ
Z2
OR
C.E  S3  3S2  10KS  20K  10
If stable 30 K > 20K+10
K>1
Here, in the question asking 0 < K < 1
So, System is unstable
36. The signal x  t   sin 14000t  , where t is in seconds is sampled at a rate of 9000 samples per
second. The sampled signal is the input to an ideal low pass filter with frequency response
H(f) as follows :
1, | f | 12kHz
H f   
0, | f | 12kHz.
What is the number of sinusoids in the output and their frequencies in kHz?
(A) Number = 1, frequency = 7 (B) Number = 3, frequencies= 2,7,11
(C) Number = 2, frequencies = 2, 7 (D) Number = 2, frequencies = 2, 11
Key: (B)
16
Exp: Given input signal x  t   sin 1400t 

Input signal spectrum
Xf 
1
2
7
7
1  f  kHz 

2
Sampled signal spectrum is the spectrum of X(f) which repeats with integer multiples of 9
kHz.
Sampled signal spectrum: Xs  f 
16 7
11 2
2 7 11 16
9 9 f
The sampled signal spectrum is passed through a LPF of cutoff frequency 12 KHz. Thus the
filtered out sinusoids are of 2 KHz 7 KHz and 11 KHz frequency.
37. A unity feedback control system is characterized by the open-loop transfer function
2  s  1
G s  
s  ks 2  2s  1
3
The value of k for which the system oscillates at 2 rad/s is ________.

Key: (0.74 to 0.76)
2  s  1
Exp: G s 
s  ks2  2s  1
3
  2 rad sec
K  ??
1  G s H s  0
2  k  1
1  s3  ks2  4s  3  0
s  ks  2s  1
3 2
3
s 1 4
s2 k 3
4k  3
s1 0
k
s0 3
For marginal stable
4k  3 3
 0  k   0.75
k 4
Cross check
17
Take auxiliary equation

ks 2  3  0
3 2
s 30
4
s   j2
  2 rad sec
3
k
4
38. Consider the circuit shown in the figure.
 
3i 0
P
1 i0

10V 1 1

1
Q
The Thevenin equivalent resistance (in  ) across P – Q is _________.

Key: (-1.01 to -0.99)
V
Exp: To find R th   
I io
Here i o 
V
V 1 
 V
1
Nodal at V
V  3i o V
 I0 1
I I
V  3V  V  I  0
R th  1
39. The transfer function of a causal LTI system is H(s) = 1/s. If the input to the system is x(t) =
[sin(t) / t]u(t), where u(t) is a unit step function, the system output y(t) as t   is ______.
Key: (0.45 to 0.55)
sin t u  t 
Exp: Given x  t  
t
By using frequency integration property,
xt s

L
  X1  u du
t 
1
Consider x1  t   sin t u  t    X1  s 
L
s 1
2
 1   1
s
 2  du  tan  s 
 
u 1 2
18
1  
 L  x  t     tan 1  s   X  s 
 2 
1 1
 Y  s   X  s  H  j   tan 1 s
2s s
By using final value theorem,
1 1  1
lim y  t   lim sY  s   lim   tan 1  s  
t  s 0

s 0 2 2  2
z2  1 z
40. An integral I over a counter clock wise circle C is given by I   e dz.
C z2  1
If C is defined as |z| = 3, then the value of I is
(A) i sin 1 (B) 2i sin 1 (C) 3i sin 1 (D) 4i sin 1
Key: (D)
 z2  1  z
Exp:  C  z 2  1 e dz
I
 z2  1  z  z2  1 
Consider f  z   ez  2   e  
 z 1   z  i  z  i  
 z   i are simple poles of f(z) which lie inside |z|=3

Residue of f(z) at z  i  lim  z  i   e z
 z 2  1   iei
z i   z  i  z  i  
 

& Residue of f(z) at z  i  lim  z  i  e
 z  z 2  1 
  ie  i
z  i   z  i  z  i  
 
 z2  1  z
 By residue theorem, I     e dz  2i  ie  ie   2  e  e 
i i i i
C
z 1
2
 ei  e  i 
 4i    4isin 1
 2i 
41. Consider a binary memory less channel characterized by the transition probability diagram
shown in the figure.
0.25
0 0
0.25
0.75
1 1
0.75
The channel is
(A) Lossless (B) Noiseless (C) Useless (D) Deterministic
Key: (C)
19
Exp: It is a useless channel as

MAP criteria cannot decide anything on receiving „0‟ we cannot decide what is transmitted.
42. An abrupt pn junction (located at x = 0) is uniformly doped on both p and n sides. The width
of the depletion region is W and the electric field variation in the x-direction is E(x). Which of
the following figures represents the electric field profile near the pn junction?
(A) Ex (B) Ex
n  side p  side
 0, 0
 0, 0 x x
W W
Ex
(C) (D) Ex
W x n  side p  side
W
 0,0 x
 0,0
Key: (A)
Exp: If left side is p-region and right side is n-region then electric field triangle will be down
warded and if the left side is n-region and right side is p-region, then electric field triangle will
be upward.
43. A second – order LTI system is described by the following state equations,
d
x1  t   x 2  t   0
dt
d
x 2  t   2x1  t   3x 2  t   r  t 
dt
Where x1  t  and x 2  t  are the two state variables and r(t) denotes the input. The output c(t) =
x1(t). The system is.
(A) Undamped (oscillatory) (B) Under damped
(C) Critically damped (D) Over damped
Key: (D)
Exp: x 1 (t)  x 2 (t)
sX1 (s)  X 2 (s)  1
x 2 (t)  2 x1 (t)  3x 2 (t)  r(t)
sX 2 (s)  2X1 (s)  3X 2 (s)  R(s)
s2  2  3s  X1 (s)  R(s)
R(s)
C(s)  X1 (s)  2
s  3s  2
C(s) 1

R(s) (s  1)(s  2)
system is over damped
20
44. Consider the parallel combination of two LTI systems shown in the figure.
h1  t 
x t  yt
h2  t 
The impulse responses of the systems are

h1  t   2  t  2   3  t  1
h2  t     t  2.
If the input x(t) is a unit step signal, then the energy of y(t) is ____________.
Key: (7.0 to 7.0)
Exp: Since h1  t  and h 2  t  are connected in parallel the resultant system can be given as follows.
xt yt
h1  t   h 2  t 
 y  t   x  t  * h1  t   h 2  t 
From the given h1 (t) & h 2 (t) y(t)

h1  t   h 2  t   2  t  2  3  t  1    t  2 2
xt  ut
2
y  t   2u  t  2   3u  t  1  u  t  2 
2  1 t
1 2
1
 Energy of y  t     2 dt    1 dt  4 1  13  7
2 2
2 1
45. Assuming that transistors M1 and M2 are identical and have a threshold voltage of 1V, the state
of transistors M1 and M2 are respectively. 3V
(A) Saturation, Saturation
2.5V M2
(B) Linear, Linear
(C) Linear, Saturation 2V M1

(D) Saturation, Linear
Key: (C)
Exp: If VD  VG  VTH , then transistor is working in saturation region.
So, For M2 transistor
VD2  VG2  VTH
3V   2.5  1 V
Assume that M1 is working in saturation, so that
21
ID1  ID2
VGS1  VTH  VGS2  VTH
2V  VG 2  VS2
 2.5V  VS2
VS2  VD1  0.5V.
Now, for M1, transistor to work in saturation VD1  VG1  VTH , but it is not satisfied by M1
transistor and VG1  VTH , so, transistor M1 is ON but working in linear region.
46. A programmable logic array (PLA) is shown in the figure.

P P Q Q R R
* * *
* * * F
* * *
P
The Boolean function F implemented is

(A) P Q R  P Q R  P Q R (B)  P  Q  R  P  Q  R  P  Q  R 
(C) P Q R  P Q R  P Q R (D)  P  Q  R  P  Q  R  P  Q  R 
Key: (C)
Exp: PQR  PQR  PQR
47. A modulating signal given By x(t) = 5 sin  4103 t  10 cos 2103 t  V is fed to a phase modulator
with phase deviation constant kp=0.5rad/V. If the carrier frequency is 20 kHz, the
instantaneous frequency (in kHz) at t = 0.5 ms is __________
Key: (69.9 to 70.1)
Exp: 
x  t   5sin 4  103 t  10 cos  2  102 t  
Transform theorem frequency
1 d
f1  t   f c  kp. m  t 
2 dt
d
dt
 
m  t   5cos 4  103 t  10 cos  2  103 t  4  103  10sin  2  103 t  .2  103 
 5cos  2  10    4  103  0   20  103 cos 12   20  103
d
mt
dt t  0.5
1
f i  t   20   5  20  70 kHz
2
22
The minimum value of the function f  x   x  x 2  3 in the int erval  100  x  100 occurs at x =
1
48.
3
________.
Key: (-100.01 to -99.99)
x3
f  x   x  x 2  3 
1
Exp: x
3 3
3x 2
f  x   1  x2 1
3
 x2 1  0
 x  1
f   x   2x
f  1  2  0  at x  1, f  x  has local minimum.
f   1  2  0  at x  1, f  x  has local maximum

1 2
For x = 1, local minimum value  f 1   1 
3 3
Finding f  100   333433.33
f 100   333233.33
 x  100, 100 are end points of interval 

 Minimum occurs at x  100
49. The switch in the circuit, shown in the figure, was open for a long time and is closed at t = 0.
The current i(t) (in ampere) at t = 0.5 seconds is ________
it 5
10A t0
5
2.5H
Key: (8.0 to 8.3)

Exp: At t=0-
5
10A  5 iL  0   5A
i L  O 
At t  0
it
5
5

2.5H  5A
23
L 2.5 1
    iL     0
R 5 2
2t
i L  5e
i  t   10  5e 2t
At t  0.5s
5
i  0.5   10   8.16A
e
50. In the voltage reference circuit shown in the figure, the op-amp is ideal and the transistors Q1
Q2….., Q32 are identical in all respects and have infinitely large values of common – emitter
current the relation IC=IS exp ((VBE/VT), where Is is the saturation current. Assume that the
voltage VP shown in the figure is 0.7 V and the thermal voltage VT=26mV.
20k 15V
20k

Vout

5k 15V
Vp 
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q32
The output voltage Vout(in volts) is __________.
Key: (1.1 to 1.2)

Exp: KCL at node „a‟ 20k
Vo  Vi Vx  0.7

20 5 5k
VC  Vi  4Vx  2.8 VS 
a
31I Vo
Vo  5Vx  2.8 Vx 
Now, Is e VX VT
 31 s e VS VT
Vx V
 n31  S 20k
VT VT
Vx  VS
 n31
VT
 Vx  0.789V
From equation (i) Vo  5  0.789  2.8  1.145V
24
51. The state diagram of a finite state machine (FSM) designed to detect an overlapping sequence
of three bits is shown in the figure. The FSM has an input „In‟ and an output „Out‟. The initial
state of the FSM is S0.
In  0
00 Out  0
S0
In  1
In  1 Out  0
Out  0
In  0 01
Out  0 In  0
S1 Out 0
10 In  1
In  0 S2 In  1 Out  0
Out  0 Out  1
11
S3
If the input sequence is 10101101001101, starting with the left-most bit, then the number
times „Out‟ will be 1 is __________.
Key: (4 to 4)
Exp: From the state diagram, let us obtain the transition of states and out when IN channel.
Initial state is
So, the input sea is 10101101001101
When IN  1 then S0  S1 , with out  0
Next IN  0 then S1  Sz with out  0
IN  1 then S1  Sn with out  1
IN  0 then S3  S2 with out  0
IN  1, then S2  S3 with out  1
IN  0, then S2  Su with out  0
 The ticketed mark now corresponding to output = 1.
So output will be 1 „4‟ times.
52. Standard air – filled rectangular waveguides of dimensions a = 2.29 cm and b= 1.02 cm are
designed for radar applications. It is desired that these waveguides operate only in the
dominatnt TE10 mode but not higher than 95% of the next higher cutoff frequency. The range
of the allowable operating frequency f is.
(A) 8.19 GHz  f  13.1 GHz (B) 8.19 GHz  f  12.45 GHz
(C) 6.55 GHz  f  13.1 GHz (D) 1.64 GHz  f  10.24 GHz
Key: (B)
25
c 1 3  108 1
Exp: Cut off frequency of TE10 is f c     65.5  108 Hz
2a 2 2.29  10 2
a
Since, b   next higher mode is TE 20
2
c 2
fC    13.1GHz
TE 20
2 a
f  0.95  13.1  12.45GHz
53. For a particular intensity of incident light on a silicon pn junction solar cell, the photocurrent
density (JL) is 2.5 mA/cm2 and the open-circuit voltage (Voc) is 0.451 V. consider thermal
voltage (VT) to be 25mV. If the intensity of the incident light is increased by 20 times,
assuming that the temperature remains unchanged. Voc (in volts) will be ______.
Key: (0.51 to 0.54)
JL 2.5  103
Exp: JS    3.6  1011 A cm 2
  VOC     0.025
0.451 
 
e VT   1 e   1
   
 
Now if the intensity of the light is increased by 20 times it means their photocurrent will also
increased by 20 times.
KT  J L 
Voc  n   1
q  JS 
 20  2.5  103 
25 103 n  11
 1
 3.6  10 
 0.5262 Volt.
54. In the circuit shown, transistors Q1 and Q2 are biased at a collector current of 2.6mA.
Assuming that transistor current gains are sufficiently large to assume collector current equal
to emitter current and thermal voltage of 26 mV, the magnitude of voltage gain V0/Vs in the
mid-band frequency range is _____________ (up to second decimal place).
5V
1k
VO
Q1
VS
Q2
R B2
5V
Key: (49.0 to 51.0)
Exp: a.c equivalent circuit for the given figure
26
RC 1k
I 2.6  10 3
gm  C   100 m
VT 26  10 3
1
R C  1k; RE  ;
gm
AV 
g m R E

100  1
 50
VS ~ 1
1  gmR E 11 RE
gm
A V  50
55. Two n-channel MOSFETs, T1 and T2, are identical in all respects except that the width of T2
is double that of T1. Both the transistors are biased in the saturation region of operation, but
the gate overdrive voltage (VGS-VTH) of T2 is double that of T1, where VGS and VTH are the
gate – to – source voltage and threshold voltage of the transistors, respectively. If the drain
current and transconductance of T1 are ID1 and gm1 respectively, the corresponding values of
these two parameters for T2 are
(A) 8ID1 and 2gm1 (B) 8ID1 and 4gm1 (C) 4ID1 and 4gm1 (D) 4ID1 and 2gm1
Key: (B)
Exp: Drain current in saturation is
1 W
I D   n Cox  VGS  VTH 
2
2 L
For transistor T1
I 
ID  ID1 and g m  g m1  D1  n Cox  VGs  VTH 
VGS L
For transistor T2
W2  2W1  2W
 VGS  VTh 2  2  VGS  VTh 1  2  VGS  VTh 
1 2W
 2  VGS  VTH    8I D1
2
I D2   n Cox
2 L
ID2 2W
g m2    n Cox  2  VGs  VTh   4g m 1
VGS2 L
General Aptitude
Q. No. 1 - 5 Carry One Mark Each
1. The ninth and the tenth of this month are Monday and Tuesday ___________.
(A) figuratively (B) retrospectively (C) respectively (D) rightfully
Key: (C)
2. 500 students are taking one or more courses out of Chemistry, Physics, and Mathematics.
Registration records indicate course enrolment as follows: Chemistry (329). Physics (186).
27
Mathematics (295). Chemistry and Physics (83), Chemistry and Mathematics (217), and
Physics and Mathematics (63). How many students are taking all 3 subjects?
(A) 37 (B) 43 (C) 47 (D) 53
Key: (D)
Exp: Given
A  x 2  83 ... 1
A  y 2  63 ...  2  C  329  P 186 
A  x 3  217 ...  3 y1
x1 x2
And A
x3 y2
x1  x 2  A  x 3  329 ...(4)
z1
x 2  A  y1  y 2  186 ...(5) M  295 
x 3  A   y 2  z1  295 ...  6 
x1  x 2  x 3  y1  y 2  z1  A  500 ...(7)
1   2    3  x 2  y 2  x 3  363  3A ...(8)
 4    5   6   3A  2  363  3A    x1  y1  z1   810
 3A  2  363  3A    x1  y1  z1   810  From 8 
 3A  726   500  x 2  x 3  y1  A   810  From  7  
 3A  726  500   363  3A   A  810
 863  A  810  A  53
Alternate method
n  C   329, n  P   186, n  M   295, n  C  P   83;
n  C  M   217,  P  M   63
n  P  C  M   n C  n  P  n M   n C  P  n C  m   n P  M 
n  P  C  M .
 500  329  186  295  83  217  63  n  P  C  m 
 n  P  C  m   500  447  53.
3. It is _________ to read this year‟s textbook __________ the last year‟s.

(A) easier, than (B) most easy, than (C) easier, from (D) easiest, from
Key: (A)
4. Fatima starts from point P, goes North for 3 km, and then East for 4km to reach point Q. She
then turns to face point P and goes 15km in that direction. She then goes North for 6km. How
far is she from point P, and in which direction should she go to reach point P?
(A) 8km, East (B) 12 km, North (C) 6km, East (D) 10km, North
Key: (A)
28
Exp: The required distance

FP  x  100  36  64 4 km Q
x  8, East
3 km
'x ' 5 km
F
P
15 km
6 km
10
5. A rule states that in order to drink beer one must be over 18 years old. In a bar, there are 4
people. P is 16 years old, Q is 25 years old, R is drinking milkshake and S is drinking beer.
What must be checked to ensure that the rule is being followed?
(A) Only P‟s drink (B) Only P‟s drink and S‟s age
(C) Only S‟s age (D) Only P‟s drink, Q‟s drink and S‟s age
Key: (B)
Exp: For rules to be followed, we need to check P's drink and S's age.
Q. No. 6- 10 Carry Two Marks Each
6. Each of P, Q, R, S, W, X, Y and Z has been married at most once. X and Y are married and
have two children P and Q. Z is the grandfather of the daughter S of P. Z and W are married
and are parents of R. Which one of the following must necessarily be FALSE?
(A) X is the mother-in-law of R (B) P and R are not married to each other
(C) P is a son of X and Y (D) Q cannot be married to R
Key: (D)
7. The number of 3-digit numbers such that the digit 1 is never to the immediate right of 2 is
(A) 781 (B) 791 (C) 881 (D) 891
Key: (C)
Exp: Total no. of 3 digit no‟s = 91010 = 900
The no. of 3-digit numbers in which „1‟ is to the immediate right of 2 = 19
2 1 10 choices
2 1
9 choices 19 choices
 The no. of 3-digit no‟s such that the digit 1 is never to immediate right of 2 is
900  19  881
29
Alternate method
Total no. of 3 digit numbers are  9 10 10  9 10 10  900.
Numbers with digit 1 is to the immediate right of 2 are
2 1 x  x 2 1  19
1 1 10 9 11
So, no. of 3 digit numbers such that the digit 1 is never to the immediate right of 2 are = 900-
19= 881
8. A contour line joins locations having the same height above the mean sea level. The following is
a contour plot of a geographical region. Contour lines are shown at 25m intervals in this plot.
R
425
450 550
575
Q P S
575
550
500
 T
500
475
0 1 2km
Which of the following is the steepest path leaving from P?
(A) P to Q (B) P to R (C) P to S (D) P to T
Key: (B)
Exp: Closer lines represents steepest path
Alternate method
The steepest path will be the path which is deepest from sea level. So, P to R is the steepest
path.
9. 1200 men and 500 women can build a bridge in 2weeks. 900men and 250 women will take 3
weeks to build the same bridge. How many men will be needed to build the bridge in one week?
(A) 3000 (B) 3300 (C) 3600 (D) 3900
Key: (C)
Exp: Given 1200 Men + 500 Women can build a bridge in 2 weeks. And
900 Men + 250 Women will take 3 weeks to build the same bridge
 To complete in a week; there are 2400 Men + 1000W required in the first equation and
2700 Men + 750 Women required in the second equation.
 2400 M + 1000W = 2700M + 750W
6M
 1W 
5
30
 The no. of men required to build the bridge in one week

 6M 
 2400M  1000    3600 Men
 5 
Alternate method
Let a man can build the bridge in x weeks and a woman can build the bridge in y weeks.
120 500
So,  1 2
x y
900 250
 1 3
x y
By equations  i  and  ii  ; weget
x  3600; y  3000
 A man build the bridge3600 weeks
 Required men  3600 to build in a week.
10. “If you are looking for a history of India, or for an account of the rise and fall of the British
Raj, or for the reason of the cleaving of the subcontinent into two mutually antagonistic parts
and the effects this mutilation will have in the respective section, and ultimately on Asia, you
will not find it in these pages; for though I have spent a lifetime in the country, I lived too near
the seat of events, and was too intimately associated with the actors, to get the perspective
needed for the impartial recording of these matters.”
Which of the following statements best reflects the author‟s opinion?
(A) An intimate association does not allow for the necessary perspective.
(B) Matters are recorded with an impartial perspective.
(C) An intimate association offers an impartial perspective.
(D) Actors are typically associated with the impartial recording of matters.
Key: (A)
31

GATE Previous Year Solved Papers ECE PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

GATE Previous Year Solved Papers ECE PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

GATE Previous Year

(2013, 2015, 2016, 2017)

Q. No. 1 – 25 Carry One Mark Each

3. Two systems with impulse responses h1 ( t ) and h2 ( t ) are connected in cascade.

(B) Sum of h1 ( t ) and h2 ( t )

(C) Convolution of h1 ( t ) and h2 ( t )

(D) Subtraction of h2 ( t ) from h1 ( t )

GATEFORUM- India’s No.1 institute for GATE training

5. In IC technology, dry oxidation (using dry oxygen) as compared to wet oxidation

Consider θmax = 0.6 = 0.7746 radians

GATEFORUM- India’s No.1 institute for GATE training

8. The impulse response of a system is h ( t ) = t u ( t ) . For an input u ( t − 1) , the output

GATEFORUM- India’s No.1 institute for GATE training

(A) –15V (B) –0.7V (C) +0.7V (D) +15V

GATEFORUM- India’s No.1 institute for GATE training

(A) k 2 (B) k (C) 1/k (D) k

Above expression shown that if R a , Rb & R c is scaled by k, RA, RB & RC is scaled

12. For 8085 microprocessor, the following program is executed

GATEFORUM- India’s No.1 institute for GATE training

15. In a voltage-voltage feedback as shown below, which one of the following

GATEFORUM- India’s No.1 institute for GATE training

(A) The input impedance increases and output impedance decreases

16. A band-limited signal with a maximum frequency of 5 kHz is to be sampled.

GATEFORUM- India’s No.1 institute for GATE training

under the presence of channel length modulation

(B) Zeros of the system can lie anywhere in the s-plane

19. The minimum Eigen value of the following matrix is

(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) 2 (D) 3

So the matrix is singular

20. A polynomial f ( x ) = a4 x 4 + a3 x3 + a2 x2 + a1x − a0 with all coefficients positive has

(A) no real roots

GATEFORUM- India’s No.1 institute for GATE training

Writing in time domain

u(t) u(t) y(t)

y(t) = u(t)*u(t) = tu(t)

V1 (s) Z2(s) V2(s)

GATEFORUM- India’s No.1 institute for GATE training

23. A source vs ( t ) = V cos100πt has an internal impedance of ( 4 + j3) Ω . If a purely

y(t) = h(t) * g(t) [convolution]

GATEFORUM- India’s No.1 institute for GATE training

Q. No. 26 – 55 Carry Two Marks Each

27. Let A be an m x n matrix and B an n x m matrix. It is given that determinant

(A) 2 (B) 5 (C) 8 (D) 16

GATEFORUM- India’s No.1 institute for GATE training

and det(I1 + AB) = det(I4 + BA)

(A) 1 (B) 5 (C) 10 (D) 100

GATEFORUM- India’s No.1 institute for GATE training

(A) 125 and 125 (B) 125 and 250

31. The following arrangement consists of an ideal transformer and an attenuator

GATEFORUM- India’s No.1 institute for GATE training

(A) 125 / 100 and 80 / 100 W

(C) 100 / 100 and100 / 100

The potentiometer gives an attenuation factor of 0.8 over υ2

(C) ( q1R1 + q2R2 ) / (R1 + R2 ) (D) ( q1R2 + q2R1 ) / (R1 + R2 )

GATEFORUM- India’s No.1 institute for GATE training

33. The impulse response of a continuous time system is given by

(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) 2 (D) 3

(A) 12.5 (B) 25 (C) 50 (D) 100

GATEFORUM- India’s No.1 institute for GATE training

(A) 8 (B) 32 (C) 50 (D) 200

GATEFORUM- India’s No.1 institute for GATE training

37. A system described by a linear, constant coefficient, ordinary, first order

(C) change the initial condition to j 2y ( 0 ) and the forcing function to j 2x ( t )